Adds a BRIN opclass using a Bloom filter to summarize the range. Indexes
using the new opclasses allow only equality queries (similar to hash
indexes), but that works fine for data like UUID, MAC addresses etc. for
which range queries are not very common. This also means the indexes
work for data that is not well correlated to physical location within
the table, or perhaps even entirely random (which is a common issue with
existing BRIN minmax opclasses).
It's possible to specify opclass parameters with the usual Bloom filter
parameters, i.e. the desired false-positive rate and the expected number
of distinct values per page range.
CREATE TABLE t (a int);
CREATE INDEX ON t
USING brin (a int4_bloom_ops(false_positive_rate = 0.05,
n_distinct_per_range = 100));
The opclasses do not operate on the indexed values directly, but compute
a 32-bit hash first, and the Bloom filter is built on the hash value.
Collisions should not be a huge issue though, as the number of distinct
values in a page ranges is usually fairly small.
Bump catversion, due to various catalog changes.
Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sokolov Yura <y.sokolov@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Nico Williams <nico@cryptonector.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5d78b774-7e9c-c94e-12cf-fef51cc89b1a%402ndquadrant.com
Commit a1c649d889 changed the signature of the BRIN consistent function
by adding a new required parameter. Treating the parameter as optional,
which would make the change backwards incompatibile, was rejected with
the justification that there are few out-of-core extensions, so it's not
worth adding making the code more complex, and it's better to deal with
that in the extension.
But after further thought, that would be rather problematic, because
pg_upgrade simply dumps catalog contents and the same version of an
extension needs to work on both PostgreSQL versions. Supporting both
variants of the consistent function (with 3 or 4 arguments) makes that
possible.
The signature is not the only thing that changed, as commit 72ccf55cb9
moved handling of IS [NOT] NULL keys from the support procedures. But
this change is backward compatible - handling the keys in exension is
unnecessary, but harmless. The consistent function will do a bit of
unnecessary work, but it should be very cheap.
This also undoes most of the changes to the existing opclasses (minmax
and inclusion), making them use the old signature again. This should
make backpatching simpler.
Catversion bump, because of changes in pg_amproc.
Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
Previously the WAL replay of COMMIT_TS_SETTS record called
TransactionTreeSetCommitTsData() with the argument write_xlog=true,
which generated and wrote new COMMIT_TS_SETTS record.
This should not be acceptable because it's during recovery.
This commit fixes the WAL replay of COMMIT_TS_SETTS record
so that it calls TransactionTreeSetCommitTsData() with write_xlog=false
and doesn't generate new WAL during recovery.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Reported-by: lx zou <zoulx1982@163.com>
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16931-620d0f2fdc6108f1@postgresql.org
Change the default_toast_compression GUC to be an enum rather than
a string. Earlier, uncommitted versions of the patch supported using
CREATE ACCESS METHOD to add new compression methods to a running
system, but that idea was dropped before commit. So, we can simplify
the GUC handling as well, which has the nice side effect of improving
the error messages.
While updating the documentation to reflect the new GUC type, also
move it back to the right place in the list. I moved this while
revising what became commit 24f0e395ac,
but apparently the intended ordering is "alphabetical" rather than
"whatever Robert thinks looks nice."
Rejigger things to avoid having access/toast_compression.h depend on
utils/guc.h, so that we don't end up with every file that includes
it also depending on something largely unrelated. Move a few
inline functions back into the C source file partly to help reduce
dependencies and partly just to avoid clutter. A few very minor
cosmetic fixes.
Original patch by Justin Pryzby, but very heavily edited by me,
and reverse reviewed by him and also reviewed by by Tom Lane.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYp=GT_ztUCeZg2i4hkHAQv8o=-nVJ1-TKWTG1zQOmOpg@mail.gmail.com
To allow inserts in parallel-mode this feature has to ensure that all the
constraints, triggers, etc. are parallel-safe for the partition hierarchy
which is costly and we need to find a better way to do that. Additionally,
we could have used existing cached information in some cases like indexes,
domains, etc. to determine the parallel-safety.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
ed62d3737c Doc: Update description for parallel insert reloption.
c8f78b6161 Add a new GUC and a reloption to enable inserts in parallel-mode.
c5be48f092 Improve FK trigger parallel-safety check added by 05c8482f7f.
e2cda3c20a Fix use of relcache TriggerDesc field introduced by commit 05c8482f7f.
e4e87a32cc Fix valgrind issue in commit 05c8482f7f.
05c8482f7f Enable parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...".
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1lMiB9-0001c3-SY@gemulon.postgresql.org
Teach nbtree VACUUM to press on with vacuuming in the event of a page
deletion attempt that fails to "re-find" a downlink for its child/target
page.
There is no good reason to treat this as an irrecoverable error. But
there is a good reason not to: pressing on at this point removes any
question of VACUUM not making progress solely due to misbehavior from
user-defined operator class code.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzma5G9CTtMjbrXTwOym+U=aWg-R7=-htySuztgoJLvZXg@mail.gmail.com
end_heap_rewrite was not careful to ensure that the target relation
is open at the smgr level before performing its final smgrimmedsync.
In ordinary cases this is no problem, because it would have been
opened earlier during the rewrite. However a crash can be reproduced
by re-clustering an empty table with CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS enabled.
Although that exact scenario does not crash in v13, I think that's
a chance result of unrelated planner changes, and the problem is
likely still reachable with other test cases. The true proximate
cause of this failure is commit c6b92041d, which replaced a call to
heap_sync (which was careful about opening smgr) with a direct call
to smgrimmedsync. Hence, back-patch to v13.
Amul Sul, per report from Neha Sharma; cosmetic changes
and test case by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANiYTQsU7yMFpQYnv=BrcRVqK_3U3mtAzAsJCaqtzsDHfsUbdQ@mail.gmail.com
Once a relation's autovacuum is completed, the logs include more
information about this relation state if the threshold of
log_autovacuum_min_duration (or its relation option) is reached, with
for example contents about the statistics of the VACUUM operation for
the relation, WAL and system usage.
This commit adds more information about the statistics of the relation's
indexes, with one line of logs generated for each index. The index
stats were already calculated, but not printed in the context of
autovacuum yet. While on it, some refactoring is done to keep track of
the index statistics directly within LVRelStats, simplifying some
routines related to parallel VACUUMs.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAy6SxHiTivh5yAPJSUE4S=QRPpSZUdafOSz0R+fRcM6Q@mail.gmail.com
Previously, to check relation permanence, the Relation's Form_pg_class
structure member relpersistence was compared to the value
RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT ("p"). This commit adds the macro
RelationIsPermanent() and is used in appropirate places to simplify the
code. This matches other RelationIs* macros.
This macro will be used in more places in future cluster file encryption
patches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210318153134.GH20766@tamriel.snowman.net
The bringetbitmap function allocates memory for various purposes, which
may be quite expensive, depending on the number of scan keys. Instead of
allocating them separately, allocate one bit chunk of memory an carve it
into smaller pieces as needed - all the pieces have the same lifespan,
and it saves quite a bit of CPU and memory overhead.
Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
The handling of IS [NOT] NULL clauses is independent of an opclass, and
most of the code was exactly the same in both minmax and inclusion. So
instead move the code from support procedures to the AM.
This simplifies the code - especially the support procedures - quite a
bit, as they don't need to care about NULL values and flags at all. It
also means the IS [NOT] NULL clauses can be evaluated without invoking
the support procedure.
Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
This commit changes how we pass scan keys to BRIN consistent function.
Instead of passing them one by one, we now pass all scan keys for a
given attribute at once. That makes the consistent function a bit more
complex, as it has to loop through the keys, but it does allow more
elaborate opclasses that can use multiple keys to eliminate ranges much
more effectively.
The existing BRIN opclasses (minmax, inclusion) don't really benefit
from this change. The primary purpose is to allow future opclases to
benefit from seeing all keys at once.
This does change the BRIN API, because the signature of the consistent
function changes (a new parameter with number of scan keys). So this
breaks existing opclasses, and will require supporting two variants of
the code for different PostgreSQL versions. We've considered supporting
two variants of the consistent, but we've decided not to do that.
Firstly, there's another patch that moves handling of NULL values from
the opclass, which means the opclasses need to be updated anyway.
Secondly, we're not aware of any out-of-core BRIN opclasses, so it does
not seem worth the extra complexity.
Bump catversion, because of pg_proc changes.
Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@postgresql.org>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c1138ead-7668-f0e1-0638-c3be3237e812@2ndquadrant.com
substring(), and perhaps other callers, isn't careful to pass a
slice length that is no more than the datum's true size. Since
toast_decompress_datum_slice's children will palloc the requested
slice length, this can waste memory. Also, close study of the liblz4
documentation suggests that it is dependent on the caller to not ask
for more than the correct amount of decompressed data; this squares
with observed misbehavior with liblz4 1.8.3. Avoid these problems
by switching to the normal full-decompression code path if the
slice request is >= datum's decompressed size.
Tom Lane and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/507597.1616370729@sss.pgh.pa.us
The authors of bbe0a81db hadn't quite got the idea that macros named
like SOMETHING_4B_C were only meant for internal endianness-related
details in postgres.h. Choose more legible names for macros that are
intended to be used elsewhere. Rearrange postgres.h a bit to clarify
the separation between those internal macros and ones intended for
wider use.
Also, avoid using the term "rawsize" for true decompressed size;
we've used "extsize" for that, because "rawsize" generally denotes
total Datum size including header. This choice seemed particularly
unfortunate in tests that were comparing one of these meanings to
the other.
This patch includes a couple of not-purely-cosmetic changes: be
sure that the shifts aligning compression methods are unsigned
(not critical today, but will be when compression method 2 exists),
and fix broken definition of VARATT_EXTERNAL_GET_COMPRESSION (now
VARATT_EXTERNAL_GET_COMPRESS_METHOD), whose callers worked only
accidentally.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/574197.1616428079@sss.pgh.pa.us
Any transactions found as still prepared by a checkpoint have their
state data read from the WAL records generated by PREPARE TRANSACTION
before being moved into their new location within pg_twophase/. While
reading such records, the WAL reader uses the callback
read_local_xlog_page() to read a page, that is shared across various
parts of the system. This callback, since 1148e22a, has introduced an
update of ThisTimeLineID when reading a record while in recovery, which
is potentially helpful in the context of cascading WAL senders.
This update of ThisTimeLineID interacts badly with the checkpointer if a
promotion happens while some 2PC data is read from its record, as, by
changing ThisTimeLineID, any follow-up WAL records would be written to
an timeline older than the promoted one. This results in consistency
issues. For instance, a subsequent server restart would cause a failure
in finding a valid checkpoint record, resulting in a PANIC, for
instance.
This commit changes the code reading the 2PC data to reset the timeline
once the 2PC record has been read, to prevent messing up with the static
state of the checkpointer. It would be tempting to do the same thing
directly in read_local_xlog_page(). However, based on the discussion
that has led to 1148e22a, users may rely on the updates of
ThisTimeLineID when a WAL record page is read in recovery, so changing
this callback could break some cases that are working currently.
A TAP test reproducing the issue is added, relying on a PITR to
precisely trigger a promotion with a prepared transaction still
tracked.
Per discussion with Heikki Linnakangas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
and myself.
Author: Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Jimmy Yih, Kevin Yeap
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE-ML+_EjH_fzfq1F3RJ1=XaaNG=-Jz-i3JqkNhXiLAsM3z-Ew@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 10
Maintain a simple array of metadata about pages that were deleted during
nbtree VACUUM's current btvacuumscan() call. Use this metadata at the
end of btvacuumscan() to attempt to place newly deleted pages in the FSM
without further delay. It might not yet be safe to place any of the
pages in the FSM by then (they may not be deemed recyclable), but we
have little to lose and plenty to gain by trying. In practice there is
a very good chance that this will work out when vacuuming larger
indexes, where scanning the index naturally takes quite a while.
This commit doesn't change the page recycling invariants; it merely
improves the efficiency of page recycling within the confines of the
existing design. Recycle safety is a part of nbtree's implementation of
what Lanin & Shasha call "the drain technique". The design happens to
use transaction IDs (they're stored in deleted pages), but that in
itself doesn't align the cutoff for recycle safety to any of the
XID-based cutoffs used by VACUUM (e.g., OldestXmin). All that matters
is whether or not _other_ backends might be able to observe various
inconsistencies in the tree structure (that they cannot just detect and
recover from by moving right). Recycle safety is purely a question of
maintaining the consistency (or the apparent consistency) of a physical
data structure.
Note that running a simple serial test case involving a large range
DELETE followed by a VACUUM VERBOSE will probably show that any newly
deleted nbtree pages are not yet reusable/recyclable. This is expected
in the absence of even one concurrent XID assignment. It is an old
implementation restriction. In practice it's unlikely to be the thing
that makes recycling remain unsafe, at least with larger indexes, where
recycling newly deleted pages during the same VACUUM actually matters.
An important high-level goal of this commit (as well as related recent
commits e5d8a999 and 9f3665fb) is to make expensive deferred cleanup
operations in index AMs rare in general. If index vacuuming frequently
depends on the next VACUUM operation finishing off work that the current
operation started, then the general behavior of index vacuuming is hard
to predict. This is relevant to ongoing work that adds a vacuumlazy.c
mechanism to skip index vacuuming in certain cases. Anything that makes
the real world behavior of index vacuuming simpler and more linear will
also make top-down modeling in vacuumlazy.c more robust.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzk76_P=67iUscb1UN44-gyZL-KgpsXbSxq_bdcMa7Q+wQ@mail.gmail.com
Compilers that don't understand that elog(ERROR) doesn't return
issued warnings here. In the cases in libpq_pipeline.c, we were
not exactly helping things by failing to mark pg_fatal() as noreturn.
Per buildfarm.
When compressing the BRIN summary, we can't simply use the compression
method from the indexed attribute. The summary may use a different data
type, e.g. fixed-length attribute may have varlena summary, leading to
compression failures. For the built-in BRIN opclasses this happens to
work, because the summary uses the same data type as the attribute.
When the data types match, we can inherit use the compression method
specified for the attribute (it's copied into the index descriptor).
Otherwise we don't have much choice and have to use the default one.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e0367f27-392c-321a-7411-a58e1a7e4817%40enterprisedb.com
There is now a per-column COMPRESSION option which can be set to pglz
(the default, and the only option in up until now) or lz4. Or, if you
like, you can set the new default_toast_compression GUC to lz4, and
then that will be the default for new table columns for which no value
is specified. We don't have lz4 support in the PostgreSQL code, so
to use lz4 compression, PostgreSQL must be built --with-lz4.
In general, TOAST compression means compression of individual column
values, not the whole tuple, and those values can either be compressed
inline within the tuple or compressed and then stored externally in
the TOAST table, so those properties also apply to this feature.
Prior to this commit, a TOAST pointer has two unused bits as part of
the va_extsize field, and a compessed datum has two unused bits as
part of the va_rawsize field. These bits are unused because the length
of a varlena is limited to 1GB; we now use them to indicate the
compression type that was used. This means we only have bit space for
2 more built-in compresison types, but we could work around that
problem, if necessary, by introducing a new vartag_external value for
any further types we end up wanting to add. Hopefully, it won't be
too important to offer a wide selection of algorithms here, since
each one we add not only takes more coding but also adds a build
dependency for every packager. Nevertheless, it seems worth doing
at least this much, because LZ4 gets better compression than PGLZ
with less CPU usage.
It's possible for LZ4-compressed datums to leak into composite type
values stored on disk, just as it is for PGLZ. It's also possible for
LZ4-compressed attributes to be copied into a different table via SQL
commands such as CREATE TABLE AS or INSERT .. SELECT. It would be
expensive to force such values to be decompressed, so PostgreSQL has
never done so. For the same reasons, we also don't force recompression
of already-compressed values even if the target table prefers a
different compression method than was used for the source data. These
architectural decisions are perhaps arguable but revisiting them is
well beyond the scope of what seemed possible to do as part of this
project. However, it's relatively cheap to recompress as part of
VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER, so this commit adjusts those commands to do
so, if the configured compression method of the table happens not to
match what was used for some column value stored therein.
Dilip Kumar. The original patches on which this work was based were
written by Ildus Kurbangaliev, and those were patches were based on
even earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, but the design has since changed
very substantially, since allow a potentially large number of
compression methods that could be added and dropped on a running
system proved too problematic given some of the architectural issues
mentioned above; the choice of which specific compression method to
add first is now different; and a lot of the code has been heavily
refactored. More recently, Justin Przyby helped quite a bit with
testing and reviewing and this version also includes some code
contributions from him. Other design input and review from Tomas
Vondra, Álvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander
Korotkov, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170907194236.4cefce96%40wp.localdomain
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uUpX3ck%3DK0mLEk-G_kUQY%3DSNOTeqdaNRR9FMdQrHKebw%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 05c8482f7f added the implementation of parallel SELECT for
"INSERT INTO ... SELECT ..." which may incur non-negligible overhead in
the additional parallel-safety checks that it performs, even when, in the
end, those checks determine that parallelism can't be used. This is
normally only ever a problem in the case of when the target table has a
large number of partitions.
A new GUC option "enable_parallel_insert" is added, to allow insert in
parallel-mode. The default is on.
In addition to the GUC option, the user may want a mechanism to allow
inserts in parallel-mode with finer granularity at table level. The new
table option "parallel_insert_enabled" allows this. The default is true.
Author: "Hou, Zhijie"
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Amit Langote, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1K-cW7svLC2D7DHoGHxdAdg3P37BLgebqBOC2ZLc9a6QQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV=qpFJrR3AcrTS3g@mail.gmail.com
While looking at Robert Foggia's report, I noticed a passel of
other issues in the same area:
* The scheme for backslash-quoting newlines in pathnames is just
wrong; it will misbehave if the last ordinary character in a pathname
is a backslash. I'm not sure why we're bothering to allow newlines
in tablespace paths, but if we're going to do it we should do it
without introducing other problems. Hence, backslashes themselves
have to be backslashed too.
* The author hadn't read the sscanf man page very carefully, because
this code would drop any leading whitespace from the path. (I doubt
that a tablespace path with leading whitespace could happen in
practice; but if we're bothering to allow newlines in the path, it
sure seems like leading whitespace is little less implausible.) Using
sscanf for the task of finding the first space is overkill anyway.
* While I'm not 100% sure what the rationale for escaping both \r and
\n is, if the idea is to allow Windows newlines in the file then this
code failed, because it'd throw an error if it saw \r followed by \n.
* There's no cross-check for an incomplete final line in the map file,
which would be a likely apparent symptom of the improper-escaping
bug.
On the generation end, aside from the escaping issue we have:
* If needtblspcmapfile is true then do_pg_start_backup will pass back
escaped strings in tablespaceinfo->path values, which no caller wants
or is prepared to deal with. I'm not sure if there's a live bug from
that, but it looks like there might be (given the dubious assumption
that anyone actually has newlines in their tablespace paths).
* It's not being very paranoid about the possibility of random stuff
in the pg_tblspc directory. IMO we should ignore anything without an
OID-like name.
The escaping rule change doesn't seem back-patchable: it'll require
doubling of backslashes in the tablespace_map file, which is basically
a basebackup format change. The odds of that causing trouble are
considerably more than the odds of the existing bug causing trouble.
The rest of this seems somewhat unlikely to cause problems too,
so no back-patch.
Robert Foggia of Trustwave reported that read_tablespace_map()
fails to prevent an overrun of its on-stack input buffer.
Since the tablespace map file is presumed trustworthy, this does
not seem like an interesting security vulnerability, but still
we should fix it just in the name of robustness.
While here, document that pg_basebackup's --tablespace-mapping option
doesn't work with tar-format output, because it doesn't. To make it
work, we'd have to modify the tablespace_map file within the tarball
sent by the server, which might be possible but I'm not volunteering.
(Less-painful solutions would require changing the basebackup protocol
so that the source server could adjust the map. That's not very
appetizing either.)
This commit changes WAL archiver process so that it's treated as
an auxiliary process and can use shared memory. This is an infrastructure
patch required for upcoming shared-memory based stats collector patch
series. These patch series basically need any processes including archiver
that can report the statistics to access to shared memory. Since this patch
itself is useful to simplify the code and when users monitor the status of
archiver, it's committed separately in advance.
This commit simplifies the code for WAL archiving. For example, previously
backends need to signal to archiver via postmaster when they notify
archiver that there are some WAL files to archive. On the other hand,
this commit removes that signal to postmaster and enables backends to
notify archier directly using shared latch.
Also, as the side of this change, the information about archiver process
becomes viewable at pg_stat_activity view.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera, Julien Rouhaud, Tomas Vondra, Arthur Zakirov, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180629.173418.190173462.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
Consistently set a flag variable that tracks whether the current heap
page has a dead item during lazy vacuum's heap scan. We missed the
common case where there is an preexisting (or even a new) LP_DEAD heap
line pointer.
Also make it clear that the variable might be affected by an existing
line pointer, say from an earlier opportunistic pruning operation. This
distinction is important because it's the main reason why we can't just
use the nearby tups_vacuumed variable instead.
No backpatch. In theory failing to set the page level flag variable had
no consequences. Currently it is only used to defensively check if a
page marked all visible has dead items, which should never happen anyway
(if it does then the table must be corrupt).
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Diagnosed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAtZb4+HJT_8RoOXvu4HM-Zd4HKS3YSMCH6+-W=bDyh-w@mail.gmail.com
Simplify _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() functions's signature (it only needs
a single 'rel' argument now), and move it next to its sibling function
in nbtpage.c.
I believe that _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() was originally located in
nbtree.c due to an include dependency issue. That's no longer an issue.
Follow-up to commit 9f3665fb.
Avoid calling RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() unnecessarily in the common
case where there are no deleted but not yet recycled pages to recycle
during a cleanup-only nbtree VACUUM operation.
Follow-up to commit e5d8a999, which (among other things) taught the
"skip full scan" nbtree VACUUM mechanism to only trigger a full index
scan when the absolute number of deleted pages in the index is
considered excessive.
Commit 9f3665fb removed the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor storage
parameter. However, that creates dump/reload hazards when moving across
major versions.
Add back the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor parameter (though not the
GUC of the same name) purely to avoid problems when using tools like
pg_upgrade. The parameter remains disabled and undocumented.
No backpatch to Postgres 13, since vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor was
only disabled by REL_13_STABLE's version of master branch commit
9f3665fb in the first place -- the parameter already looks like this on
REL_13_STABLE.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YEm/a3Ko3nKnBuVq@paquier.xyz
Previously, the code and documentation seem to have essentially
assumed than a call to pg_wal_replay_pause() would take place
immediately, but that's not the case, because we only check for a
pause in certain places. This means that a tool that uses this
function and then wants to do something else afterward that is
dependent on the pause having taken effect doesn't know how long it
needs to wait to be sure that no more WAL is going to be replayed.
To avoid that, add a new function pg_get_wal_replay_pause_state()
which returns either 'not paused', 'paused requested', or 'paused'.
After calling pg_wal_replay_pause() the status will immediate change
from 'not paused' to 'pause requested'; when the startup process
has noticed this, the status will change to 'pause'. For backward
compatibility, pg_is_wal_replay_paused() still exists and returns
the same thing as before: true if a pause has been requested,
whether or not it has taken effect yet; and false if not.
The documentation is updated to clarify.
To improve the changes that a pause request is quickly confirmed
effective, adjust things so that WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable will
swiftly reach a call to recoveryPausesHere() when a pause request
is made.
Dilip Kumar, reviewed by Simon Riggs, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Yugo Nagata,
Masahiko Sawada, and Bharath Rupireddy.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-vcLLWEm8Zr%3DYK83rgYrT9pbC8VJCfa1kY9vL3AUPfu6g%40mail.gmail.com
vacuumlazy.c sometimes fails to update pg_class entries for each index
(to ensure that pg_class.reltuples is current), even though analyze.c
assumed that that must have happened during VACUUM ANALYZE. There are
at least a couple of reasons for this. For example, vacuumlazy.c could
fail to update pg_class when the index AM indicated that its statistics
are merely an estimate, per the contract for amvacuumcleanup() routines
established by commit e57345975c back in 2006.
Stop assuming that pg_class must have been updated with accurate
statistics within VACUUM ANALYZE -- update pg_class for indexes at the
same time as the table relation in all cases. That way VACUUM ANALYZE
will never fail to keep pg_class.reltuples reasonably accurate.
The only downside of this approach (compared to the old approach) is
that it might inaccurately set pg_class.reltuples for indexes whose heap
relation ends up with the same inaccurate value anyway. This doesn't
seem too bad. We already consistently called vac_update_relstats() (to
update pg_class) for the heap/table relation twice during any VACUUM
ANALYZE -- once in vacuumlazy.c, and once in analyze.c. We now make
sure that we call vac_update_relstats() at least once (though often
twice) for each index.
This is follow up work to commit 9f3665fb, which dealt with issues in
btvacuumcleanup(). Technically this fixes an unrelated issue, though.
btvacuumcleanup() no longer provides an accurate num_index_tuples value
following commit 9f3665fb (when there was no btbulkdelete() call during
the VACUUM operation in question), but hashvacuumcleanup() has worked in
the same way for many years now.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzknxdComjhqo4SUxVFk_Q1171GJO2ZgHZ1Y6pion6u8rA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, just like commit 9f3665fb.
Remove the entire idea of "stale stats" within nbtree VACUUM (stop
caring about stats involving the number of inserted tuples). Also
remove the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC/param on the master
branch (though just disable them on postgres 13).
The vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor/stats interface made the nbtree AM
partially responsible for deciding when pg_class.reltuples stats needed
to be updated. This seems contrary to the spirit of the index AM API,
though -- it is not actually necessary for an index AM's bulk delete and
cleanup callbacks to provide accurate stats when it happens to be
inconvenient. The core code owns that. (Index AMs have the authority
to perform or not perform certain kinds of deferred cleanup based on
their own considerations, such as page deletion and recycling, but that
has little to do with pg_class.reltuples/num_index_tuples.)
This issue was fairly harmless until the introduction of the
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold feature by commit b07642db, which had
an undesirable interaction with the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
mechanism: it made insert-driven autovacuums perform full index scans,
even though there is no real benefit to doing so. This has been tied to
a regression with an append-only insert benchmark [1].
Also have remaining cases that perform a full scan of an index during a
cleanup-only nbtree VACUUM indicate that the final tuple count is only
an estimate. This prevents vacuumlazy.c from setting the index's
pg_class.reltuples in those cases (it will now only update pg_class when
vacuumlazy.c had TIDs for nbtree to bulk delete). This arguably fixes
an oversight in deduplication-related bugfix commit 48e12913.
[1] https://smalldatum.blogspot.com/2021/01/insert-benchmark-postgres-is-still.html
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoA4WHthN5uU6+WScZ7+J_RcEjmcuH94qcoUPuB42ShXzg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold was added.
In the current lazy vacuum implementation, some index AMs such as
btree indexes call lazy_tid_reaped() for each index tuple during
ambulkdelete to check if the index tuple points to the (collected)
garbage tuple. In that function, we simply call bsearch(), but we
should be able to know the result without bsearch() if the index tuple
points to the heap tuple that is out of range of the collected garbage
tuples. Therefore, add a simple bound check before resorting to
bsearch(). Testing has shown that this can give significant
performance benefits.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+fd4k76j8jKzJzcx8UqEugvayaMSnQz0iLUt_XgBp-_-bd22A@mail.gmail.com
Parallel SELECT can't be utilized for INSERT in the following cases:
- INSERT statement uses the ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE clause
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe: trigger, index expression or
predicate, column default expression or check constraint
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe domain constraint on any column
- Target table is a partitioned table with a parallel-unsafe partition key
expression or support function
The planner is updated to perform additional parallel-safety checks for
the cases listed above, for determining whether it is safe to run INSERT
in parallel-mode with an underlying parallel SELECT. The planner will
consider using parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...", provided
nothing unsafe is found from the additional parallel-safety checks, or
from the existing parallel-safety checks for SELECT.
While checking parallel-safety, we need to check it for all the partitions
on the table which can be costly especially when we decide not to use a
parallel plan. So, in a separate patch, we will introduce a GUC and or a
reloption to enable/disable parallelism for Insert statements.
Prior to entering parallel-mode for the execution of INSERT with parallel
SELECT, a TransactionId is acquired and assigned to the current
transaction state. This is necessary to prevent the INSERT from attempting
to assign the TransactionId whilst in parallel-mode, which is not allowed.
This approach has a disadvantage in that if the underlying SELECT does not
return any rows, then the TransactionId is not used, however that
shouldn't happen in practice in many cases.
Author: Greg Nancarrow, Amit Langote, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Hou Zhijie, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Antonin Houska, Bharath Rupireddy, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Zhihong Yu, Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Tang, Haiying
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV=qpFJrR3AcrTS3g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-fAdj=nDKMsRhQzndm-O13NY4dL6xGcEvdX5Xvbbi0V7g@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds new GUC track_wal_io_timing. When this is enabled,
the total amounts of time XLogWrite writes and issue_xlog_fsync syncs
WAL data to disk are counted in pg_stat_wal. This information would be
useful to check how much WAL write and sync affect the performance.
Enabling track_wal_io_timing will make the server query the operating
system for the current time every time WAL is written or synced,
which may cause significant overhead on some platforms. To avoid such
additional overhead in the server with track_io_timing enabled,
this commit introduces track_wal_io_timing as a separate parameter from
track_io_timing.
Note that WAL write and sync activity by walreceiver has not been tracked yet.
This commit makes the server also track the numbers of times XLogWrite
writes and issue_xlog_fsync syncs WAL data to disk, in pg_stat_wal,
regardless of the setting of track_wal_io_timing. This counters can be
used to calculate the WAL write and sync time per request, for example.
Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-By: Japin Li, Hayato Kuroda, Masahiko Sawada, David Johnston, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0509ad67b585a5b86a83d445dfa75392@oss.nttdata.com
Commit 1eb6d6527a allowed to track replica origin replay progress for 2PC
but it was not complete. It misses to properly track the progress for
rollback prepared especially it missed updating the code for recovery.
Additionally, we need to allow tracking it on subscriber nodes where
wal_level might not be logical.
It is required to track decoding of 2PC which is committed in PG14
(a271a1b50e) and also nobody complained about this till now so not
backpatching it.
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1L-kHmMnSdrRW6UhRbCjR7cgh04c+6psY15qzT6ktcd+g@mail.gmail.com
Protocol version 3 was introduced in PostgreSQL 7.4. There shouldn't be
many clients or servers left out there without version 3 support. But as
a courtesy, I kept just enough of the old protocol support that we can
still send the "unsupported protocol version" error in v2 format, so that
old clients can display the message properly. Likewise, libpq still
understands v2 ErrorResponse messages when establishing a connection.
The impetus to do this now is that I'm working on a patch to COPY
FROM, to always prefetch some data. We cannot do that safely with the
old protocol, because it requires parsing the input one byte at a time
to detect the end-of-copy marker.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera, John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/9ec25819-0a8a-d51a-17dc-4150bb3cca3b%40iki.fi
Adjust some "can't happen" error messages that assumed that the page
deletion target page must be a half-dead page. This assumption was
wrong in the case of an internal target page. Simply refer to these
pages as the target page instead.
Internal pages are never marked half-dead. There is exactly one
half-dead page for each subtree undergoing deletion. The half-dead page
is also the target subtree's leaf-level page. This has been the case
since commit efada2b8, which totally overhauled nbtree page deletion.
This adds a new executor node named TID Range Scan. The query planner
will generate paths for TID Range scans when quals are discovered on base
relations which search for ranges on the table's ctid column. These
ranges may be open at either end. For example, WHERE ctid >= '(10,0)';
will return all tuples on page 10 and over.
To support this, two new optional callback functions have been added to
table AM. scan_set_tidrange is used to set the scan range to just the
given range of TIDs. scan_getnextslot_tidrange fetches the next tuple
in the given range.
For AMs were scanning ranges of TIDs would not make sense, these functions
can be set to NULL in the TableAmRoutine. The query planner won't
generate TID Range Scan Paths in that case.
Author: Edmund Horner, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMyN-kB-nFTkF=VA_JPwFNo08S0d-Yk0F741S2B7LDmYAi8eyA@mail.gmail.com
Teach VACUUM VERBOSE to report on pages deleted by the _current_ VACUUM
operation -- these are newly deleted pages. VACUUM VERBOSE continues to
report on the total number of deleted pages in the entire index (no
change there). The former is a subset of the latter.
The distinction between each category of deleted index page only arises
with index AMs where page deletion is supported and is decoupled from
page recycling for performance reasons.
This is follow-up work to commit e5d8a999, which made nbtree store
64-bit XIDs (not 32-bit XIDs) in pages at the point at which they're
deleted. Note that the btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages metapage field
added by that commit usually gets set to pages_newly_deleted. The
exceptions (the scenarios in which they're not equal) all seem to be
tricky cases for the implementation (of page deletion and recycling) in
general.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznpdHvujGUwYZ8sihX%3Dd5u-tRYhi-F4wnV2uN2zHpMUXw%40mail.gmail.com
Otherwise we risk "leaking" deleted pages by making them non-recyclable
indefinitely. Commit 6655a729 did the same thing for deleted pages in
GiST indexes. That work was used as a starting point here.
Stop storing an XID indicating the oldest bpto.xact across all deleted
though unrecycled pages in nbtree metapages. There is no longer any
reason to care about that condition/the oldest XID. It only ever made
sense when wraparound was something _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() had to
consider.
The btm_oldest_btpo_xact metapage field has been repurposed and renamed.
It is now btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages, which is used to remember how
many non-recycled deleted pages remain from the last VACUUM (in practice
its value is usually the precise number of pages that were _newly
deleted_ during the specific VACUUM operation that last set the field).
The general idea behind storing btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages is to use
it to give _some_ consideration to non-recycled deleted pages inside
_bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() -- though never too much. We only really
need to avoid leaving a truly excessive number of deleted pages in an
unrecycled state forever. We only do this to cover certain narrow cases
where no other factor makes VACUUM do a full scan, and yet the index
continues to grow (and so actually misses out on recycling existing
deleted pages).
These metapage changes result in a clear user-visible benefit: We no
longer trigger full index scans during VACUUM operations solely due to
the presence of only 1 or 2 known deleted (though unrecycled) blocks
from a very large index. All that matters now is keeping the costs and
benefits in balance over time.
Fix an issue that has been around since commit 857f9c36, which added the
"skip full scan of index" mechanism (i.e. the _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup()
logic). The accuracy of btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples accidentally
hinged upon _when_ the source value gets stored. We now always store
btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples in btvacuumcleanup(). This fixes the
issue because IndexVacuumInfo.num_heap_tuples (the source field) is
expected to accurately indicate the state of the table _after_ the
VACUUM completes inside btvacuumcleanup().
A backpatchable fix cannot easily be extracted from this commit. A
targeted fix for the issue will follow in a later commit, though that
won't happen today.
I (pgeoghegan) have chosen to remove any mention of deleted pages in the
documentation of the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC/param, since
the presence of deleted (though unrecycled) pages is no longer of much
concern to users. The vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor description in
the docs now seems rather unclear in any case, and it should probably be
rewritten in the near future. Perhaps some passing mention of page
deletion will be added back at the same time.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC due to nbtree WAL records using full XIDs now.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznpdHvujGUwYZ8sihX=d5u-tRYhi-F4wnV2uN2zHpMUXw@mail.gmail.com
Commit 866e24d47d added an assert that HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY and
HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED cannot appear together, on the faulty assumption that
the latter necessarily referred to an update and not a tuple lock; but
that's wrong, because SELECT FOR UPDATE can use precisely that
combination, as evidenced by the amcheck test case added here.
Remove the Assert(), and also patch amcheck's verify_heapam.c to not
complain if the combination is found. Also, out of overabundance of
caution, update (across all branches) README.tuplock to be more explicit
about this.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mahendra Singh Thalor <mahi6run@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <dilipbalaut@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210124061758.GA11756@nol
Pavan Deolasee recently noted that a few of the
HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions calls added by commit
5db6df0c01 are useless, since they are done after comparing t_self
with t_ctid. But because t_self can never be set to the magical values
that indicate that the tuple moved partition, this can never succeed: if
the first test fails (so we know t_self equals t_ctid), necessarily the
second test will also fail.
So these checks can be removed and no harm is done. There's no bug
here, just a code legibility issue.
Reported-by: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200929164411.GA15497@alvherre.pgsql
Commit 46d6e5f567 added the atomic variable "waitStart" into PGPROC struct,
to store the time at which wait for lock acquisition started. Previously
this variable was initialized every time each backend started. Instead,
this commit makes postmaster initialize it at the startup, to ensure that
the variable should be initialized before any use of it.
This commit also moves the code to initialize "waitStart" variable for
prepare transaction, from TwoPhaseGetDummyProc() to MarkAsPreparingGuts().
Because MarkAsPreparingGuts() is more proper place to do that since
it initializes other PGPROC variables.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1df88660-6f08-cc6e-b7e2-f85296a2bdab@oss.nttdata.com
This commit fixes COMMIT AND CHAIN command so that it starts new transaction
immediately even if savepoints are defined within the transaction to commit.
Previously COMMIT AND CHAIN command did not in that case because
commit 280a408b48 forgot to make CommitTransactionCommand() handle
a transaction chaining when the transaction state was TBLOCK_SUBCOMMIT.
Also this commit adds the regression test for COMMIT AND CHAIN command
when savepoints are defined.
Back-patch to v12 where transaction chaining was added.
Reported-by: Arthur Nascimento
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Arthur Nascimento, Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16867-3475744069228158@postgresql.org
Consolidate discussion of how VACUUM places pages in the FSM for
recycling by adding a new section that comes after discussion of page
deletion. This structure reflects the fact that page recycling is
explicitly decoupled from page deletion in Lanin & Shasha's paper. Page
recycling in nbtree is an implementation of what the paper calls "the
drain technique".
This decoupling is an important concept for nbtree VACUUM. Searchers
have to detect and recover from concurrent page deletions, but they will
never have to reason about concurrent page recycling. Recycling can
almost always be thought of as a low level garbage collection operation
that asynchronously frees the physical space that backs a logical tree
node. Almost all code need only concern itself with logical tree nodes.
(Note that "logical tree node" is not currently a term of art in the
nbtree code -- this all works implicitly.)
This is preparation for an upcoming patch that teaches nbtree VACUUM to
remember the details of pages that it deletes on the fly, in local
memory. This enables the same VACUUM operation to consider placing its
own deleted pages in the FSM later on, when it reaches the end of
btvacuumscan().
Discuss VACUUM's linear scan after discussion of tuple deletion by
VACUUM, but before discussion of page deletion by VACUUM. This
progression is a lot more natural.
Also tweak the wording a little. It seems unnecessary to talk about how
it worked prior to PostgreSQL 8.2.
Both luckily and unluckily the passed values meant the same for all
types. Luckily because that meant my confusion caused no harm,
unluckily because otherwise the compiler might have warned...
In passing, synchronize parameter names between definition and
declaration.
Reported-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=L=nBoepQdH9b5Qd0nMvepFT2CnT6sjWvvpOXa=K8HVQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.
This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.
Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.
The first attempt of this patch (commit 3b733fcd04) caused the buildfarm
member "rorqual" (built with --disable-atomics --disable-spinlocks) to report
the failure of the regression test. It was reverted by commit 890d2182a2.
The cause of this failure was that the atomic variable for "waitstart"
in the dummy process entry created at the end of prepare transaction was
not initialized. This second attempt fixes that issue.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
For the initial table data synchronization in logical replication, we use
a single transaction to copy the entire table and then synchronize the
position in the stream with the main apply worker.
There are multiple downsides of this approach: (a) We have to perform the
entire copy operation again if there is any error (network breakdown,
error in the database operation, etc.) while we synchronize the WAL
position between tablesync worker and apply worker; this will be onerous
especially for large copies, (b) Using a single transaction in the
synchronization-phase (where we can receive WAL from multiple
transactions) will have the risk of exceeding the CID limit, (c) The slot
will hold the WAL till the entire sync is complete because we never commit
till the end.
This patch solves all the above downsides by allowing multiple
transactions during the tablesync phase. The initial copy is done in a
single transaction and after that, we commit each transaction as we
receive. To allow recovery after any error or crash, we use a permanent
slot and origin to track the progress. The slot and origin will be removed
once we finish the synchronization of the table. We also remove slot and
origin of tablesync workers if the user performs DROP SUBSCRIPTION .. or
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION .. REFERESH and some of the table syncs are still not
finished.
The commands ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... REFRESH PUBLICATION and
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... SET PUBLICATION ... with refresh option as true
cannot be executed inside a transaction block because they can now drop
the slots for which we have no provision to rollback.
This will also open up the path for logical replication of 2PC
transactions on the subscriber side. Previously, we can't do that because
of the requirement of maintaining a single transaction in tablesync
workers.
Bump catalog version due to change of state in the catalog
(pg_subscription_rel).
Author: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, and Takamichi Osumi
Reviewed-by: Ajin Cherian, Petr Jelinek, Hou Zhijie and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KHJxaZS-fod-0fey=0tq3=Gkn4ho=8N4-5HWiCfu0H1A@mail.gmail.com
The pages_removed field is no longer used for anything. It hasn't been
possible for an index to physically shrink since old-style VACUUM FULL
was removed by commit 0a469c87.
If a cross-partition UPDATE violates a constraint on the target partition,
and the columns in the new partition are in different physical order than
in the parent, the error message can reveal columns that the user does not
have SELECT permission on. A similar bug was fixed earlier in commit
804b6b6db4.
The cause of the bug is that the callers of the
ExecBuildSlotValueDescription() function got confused when constructing
the list of modified columns. If the tuple was routed from a parent, we
converted the tuple to the parent's format, but the list of modified
columns was grabbed directly from the child's RTE entry.
ExecUpdateLockMode() had a similar issue. That lead to confusion on which
columns are key columns, leading to wrong tuple lock being taken on tables
referenced by foreign keys, when a row is updated with INSERT ON CONFLICT
UPDATE. A new isolation test is added for that corner case.
With this patch, the ri_RangeTableIndex field is no longer set for
partitions that don't have an entry in the range table. Previously, it was
set to the RTE entry of the parent relation, but that was confusing.
NOTE: This modifies the ResultRelInfo struct, replacing the
ri_PartitionRoot field with ri_RootResultRelInfo. That's a bit risky to
backpatch, because it breaks any extensions accessing the field. The
change that ri_RangeTableIndex is not set for partitions could potentially
break extensions, too. The ResultRelInfos are visible to FDWs at least,
and this patch required small changes to postgres_fdw. Nevertheless, this
seem like the least bad option. I don't think these fields widely used in
extensions; I don't think there are FDWs out there that uses the FDW
"direct update" API, other than postgres_fdw. If there is, you will get a
compilation error, so hopefully it is caught quickly.
Backpatch to 11, where support for both cross-partition UPDATEs, and unique
indexes on partitioned tables, were added.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Security: CVE-2021-3393
GlobalVisIsRemovableFullXid() is now GlobalVisCheckRemovableFullXid().
This is consistent with the general convention for FullTransactionId
equivalents of functions that deal with TransactionId values. It now
matches the nearby GlobalVisCheckRemovableXid() function, which performs
the same check for callers that use TransactionId values.
Oversight in commit dc7420c2c9.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmes12jFNDcVgpU89Vp=r6uLFrE-MT0fjSWGsE70UiNaA@mail.gmail.com
Add some additional defensive checks in the second phase of index
deletion to detect and report index corruption during VACUUM, and to
avoid having VACUUM become stuck in more cases. The code is still not
robust in the presence of a circular chain of sibling links, though it's
not clear whether that really matters. This is follow-up work to commit
3a01f68e.
The new defensive checks rely on the assumption that there can be no
more than one VACUUM operation running for an index at any given time.
Remove an old comment suggesting that multiple concurrent VACUUMs need
to be considered here. This concern now seems highly unlikely to have
any real validity, since we clearly rely on the same assumption in
several other places. For example, there are much more recent comments
that appear in the same function (added by commit efada2b8e9) that make
the same assumption.
Also add a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() to the relevant code path. Contrary
to comments added by commit 3a01f68e, it is actually possible to handle
interrupts here, at least in the common case where processing takes
place at the leaf level. We only hold a pin on leafbuf/target page when
stepping right at the leaf level.
No backpatch due to the lack of complaints following hardening added to
the same area by commit 3a01f68e.
The prototype calls the second argument of
pgstat_progress_update_multi_param() "index", and some callers name
their local variable that way. But when the surrounding code deals
with index relations, this is confusing, and in at least one case
shadowed another variable that is referring to an index relation.
Adjust those call sites to have clearer local variable naming, similar
to existing callers in indexcmds.c.
The latestRemovedXid values used by nbtree deletion operations are
determined by _bt_delitems_delete()'s caller, so there is no reason to
pass a separate heapRel argument.
Oversight in commit d168b66682.
pg_standby was useful more than a decade ago, but now it is obsolete.
It has been proposed that we retire it many times. Now seems like a
good time to finally do it, because "waiting restore commands"
are incompatible with a proposed recovery prefetching feature.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201029024412.GP5380%40telsasoft.com
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Since the CLOG page number is not recorded directly in the checkpoint
record, we have to use ShmemVariableCache->nextXid to figure out the
latest CLOG page number at the start of recovery. However, as recovery
progresses, replay of CLOG/EXTEND records will update our notion of
the latest page number, and we should rely on that being accurate
rather than recomputing the value based on an updated notion of
nextXid. ShmemVariableCache->nextXid is only an approximation
during recovery anyway, whereas CLOG/EXTEND records are an
authoritative representation of how the SLRU has been updated.
Commit 0fcc2decd4 makes this
simplification possible, as before that change clog_redo() might
have injected a bogus value here, and we'd want to get rid of
that before entering normal running.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
The comment is no longer accurate, and hasn't been entirely accurate
since Hot Standby was introduced. The original idea here was that
StartupCLOG() wouldn't be called until the end of recovery and
therefore this value would be uninitialized when this code is reached,
but Hot Standby made that true only when hot_standby=off, and commit
1f113abdf8 means that this value is now
always initialized before replay even starts.
The original purpose of this code was to bypass the sanity check
in SimpleLruTruncate(), which will no longer occur: now, if something
is wrong, that sanity check might trip during recovery. That's
probably a good thing, because in the current code base
latest_page_number should always be initialized and therefore we
expect that the sanity check should pass. If it doesn't, something
has gone wrong, and complaining about it is appropriate.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the hot_standby=off code path did this at end of recovery,
while the hot_standby=on code path did it at the beginning of recovery.
It's better to do this in only one place because (a) it's simpler,
(b) StartupCLOG() is trivial so trying to postpone the work isn't
useful, and (c) this will make it possible to simplify some other
logic.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
Avoid calling heap_index_delete_tuples() with an empty deltids array to
avoid an assertion failure.
This issue was arguably an oversight in commit b5f58cf2, though the
failing assert itself was added by my recent commit d168b666. No
backpatch, though, since the oversight is harmless in the back branches.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5jscES84n3puE=sYngyF+zpb4wv8UMtuLnLPv5z=6yyNw@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, we've held this lock when performing a checkpoint or
restartpoint, but commit 076a055acf back
in 2004 and commit 7e48b77b1c from 2009,
taken together, have removed all need for this. In the present code,
there's only ever one process entitled to attempt a checkpoint: either
the checkpointer, during normal operation, or the postmaster, during
single-user operation. So, we don't need the lock.
One possible concern in making this change is that it means that
a substantial amount of code where HOLD_INTERRUPTS() was previously
in effect due to the preceding LWLockAcquire() will now be
running without that. This could mean that ProcessInterrupts()
gets called in places from which it didn't before. However, this
seems unlikely to do very much, because the checkpointer doesn't
have any signal mapped to die(), so it's not clear how,
for example, ProcDiePending = true could happen in the first
place. Similarly with ClientConnectionLost and recovery conflicts.
Also, if there are any such problems, we might want to fix them
rather than reverting this, since running lots of code with
interrupt handling suspended is generally bad.
Patch by me, per an inquiry by Amul Sul. Review by Tom Lane
and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97XnBBfYeSREDJorFsyoD1sHgqnNuCi=02mNQBUMnA=FA@mail.gmail.com
Both heapgettup() and heapgettup_pagemode() incorrectly set the first page
to scan in a backward scan in which the number of pages to scan was
specified by heap_setscanlimits(). The code incorrectly started the scan
at the end of the relation when startBlk was 0, or otherwise at
startBlk - 1, neither of which is correct when only scanning a subset of
pages.
The fix here checks if heap_setscanlimits() has changed the number of
pages to scan and if so we set the first page to scan as the final page in
the specified range during backward scans.
Proper adjustment of this code was forgotten when heap_setscanlimits() was
added in 7516f5259 back in 9.5. However, practice, nowhere in core code
performs backward scans after having used heap_setscanlimits(), yet, it is
possible an extension uses the heap functions in this way, hence
backpatch.
An upcoming patch does use heap_setscanlimits() with backward scans, so
this must be fixed before that can go in.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpGc9h0_oVD2CtgBcxCS1N-qDYZSeBRnUh+0CWJA9cMaA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5, all supported versions
This adds code omitted from commit 7db0cd2145 by accident, which had
two consequences. Firstly, only rows inserted by heap_multi_insert were
frozen as expected when running COPY FREEZE, while heap_insert left
rows unfrozen. That however includes rows in TOAST tables, so a lot of
data might have been left unfrozen. Secondly, page might have been left
partially empty after relcache invalidation.
This addresses both of those issues.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdN-ptGv0mZntrK2Q8OtfUuAjqaYMGmkdU1dCKFtUxVLrg@mail.gmail.com
In commit 9eb5607e69, I got the condition on checking for split or
deleted page wrong: I used && instead of ||. The comment correctly said
"concurrent split _or_ deletion".
As a result, GiST insertion could miss a concurrent split, and insert to
wrong page. Duncan Sands demonstrated this with a test script that did a
lot of concurrent inserts.
Backpatch to v12, where this was introduced. REINDEX is required to fix
indexes that were affected by this bug.
Backpatch-through: 12
Reported-by: Duncan Sands
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/a9690483-6c6c-3c82-c8ba-dc1a40848f11%40deepbluecap.com
When certain parameters are changed on a physical replication primary,
this is communicated to standbys using the XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE WAL
record. The standby then checks whether its own settings are at least
as big as the ones on the primary. If not, the standby shuts down
with a fatal error.
This patch changes this behavior for hot standbys to pause recovery at
that point instead. That allows read traffic on the standby to
continue while database administrators figure out next steps. When
recovery is unpaused, the server shuts down (as before). The idea is
to fix the parameters while recovery is paused and then restart when
there is a maintenance window.
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4ad69a4c-cc9b-0dfe-0352-8b1b0cd36c7b@2ndquadrant.com
Make sure COPY FREEZE marks the pages as PD_ALL_VISIBLE and updates the
visibility map. Until now we only marked individual tuples as frozen,
but page-level flags were not updated, so the first VACUUM after the
COPY FREEZE had to rewrite the whole table.
This is a fairly old patch, and multiple people worked on it. The first
version was written by Jeff Janes, and then reworked by Pavan Deolasee
and Anastasia Lubennikova.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Pavan Deolasee, Jeff Janes
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh, Jeff Janes, Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada,
Andres Freund, Ibrar Ahmed, Robert Haas, Tatsuro Ishii,
Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdN-ptGv0mZntrK2Q8OtfUuAjqaYMGmkdU1dCKFtUxVLrg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU%3D1w3osJJ2FneELhhNRLxfZitDgp9FPHee08NT2FQFmz_pQ%40mail.gmail.com
Every core SLRU wraps around. With the exception of pg_notify, the wrap
point can fall in the middle of a page. Account for this in the
PagePrecedes callback specification and in SimpleLruTruncate()'s use of
said callback. Update each callback implementation to fit the new
specification. This changes SerialPagePrecedesLogically() from the
style of asyncQueuePagePrecedes() to the style of CLOGPagePrecedes().
(Whereas pg_clog and pg_serial share a key space, pg_serial is nothing
like pg_notify.) The bug fixed here has the same symptoms and user
followup steps as 592a589a04. Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Andrey Borodin and (in earlier versions) by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190202083822.GC32531@gust.leadboat.com
Teach nbtree and heapam to cooperate in order to eagerly remove
duplicate tuples representing dead MVCC versions. This is "bottom-up
deletion". Each bottom-up deletion pass is triggered lazily in response
to a flood of versions on an nbtree leaf page. This usually involves a
"logically unchanged index" hint (these are produced by the executor
mechanism added by commit 9dc718bd).
The immediate goal of bottom-up index deletion is to avoid "unnecessary"
page splits caused entirely by version duplicates. It naturally has an
even more useful effect, though: it acts as a backstop against
accumulating an excessive number of index tuple versions for any given
_logical row_. Bottom-up index deletion complements what we might now
call "top-down index deletion": index vacuuming performed by VACUUM.
Bottom-up index deletion responds to the immediate local needs of
queries, while leaving it up to autovacuum to perform infrequent clean
sweeps of the index. The overall effect is to avoid certain
pathological performance issues related to "version churn" from UPDATEs.
The previous tableam interface used by index AMs to perform tuple
deletion (the table_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() function) has been
replaced with a new interface that supports certain new requirements.
Many (perhaps all) of the capabilities added to nbtree by this commit
could also be extended to other index AMs. That is left as work for a
later commit.
Extend deletion of LP_DEAD-marked index tuples in nbtree by adding logic
to consider extra index tuples (that are not LP_DEAD-marked) for
deletion in passing. This increases the number of index tuples deleted
significantly in many cases. The LP_DEAD deletion process (which is now
called "simple deletion" to clearly distinguish it from bottom-up
deletion) won't usually need to visit any extra table blocks to check
these extra tuples. We have to visit the same table blocks anyway to
generate a latestRemovedXid value (at least in the common case where the
index deletion operation's WAL record needs such a value).
Testing has shown that the "extra tuples" simple deletion enhancement
increases the number of index tuples deleted with almost any workload
that has LP_DEAD bits set in leaf pages. That is, it almost never fails
to delete at least a few extra index tuples. It helps most of all in
cases that happen to naturally have a lot of delete-safe tuples. It's
not uncommon for an individual deletion operation to end up deleting an
order of magnitude more index tuples compared to the old naive approach
(e.g., custom instrumentation of the patch shows that this happens
fairly often when the regression tests are run).
Add a further enhancement that augments simple deletion and bottom-up
deletion in indexes that make use of deduplication: Teach nbtree's
_bt_delitems_delete() function to support granular TID deletion in
posting list tuples. It is now possible to delete individual TIDs from
posting list tuples provided the TIDs have a tableam block number of a
table block that gets visited as part of the deletion process (visiting
the table block can be triggered directly or indirectly). Setting the
LP_DEAD bit of a posting list tuple is still an all-or-nothing thing,
but that matters much less now that deletion only needs to start out
with the right _general_ idea about which index tuples are deletable.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since there are no changes to the on-disk
representation of nbtree indexes. Indexes built on PostgreSQL 12 or
PostgreSQL 13 will automatically benefit from bottom-up index deletion
(i.e. no reindexing required) following a pg_upgrade. The enhancement
to simple deletion is available with all B-Tree indexes following a
pg_upgrade, no matter what PostgreSQL version the user upgrades from.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm+maE3apHB8NOtmM=p-DO65j2V5GzAWCOEEuy3JZgb2g@mail.gmail.com
Add an executor aminsert() hint mechanism that informs index AMs that
the incoming index tuple (the tuple that accompanies the hint) is not
being inserted by execution of an SQL statement that logically modifies
any of the index's key columns.
The hint is received by indexes when an UPDATE takes place that does not
apply an optimization like heapam's HOT (though only for indexes where
all key columns are logically unchanged). Any index tuple that receives
the hint on insert is expected to be a duplicate of at least one
existing older version that is needed for the same logical row. Related
versions will typically be stored on the same index page, at least
within index AMs that apply the hint.
Recognizing the difference between MVCC version churn duplicates and
true logical row duplicates at the index AM level can help with cleanup
of garbage index tuples. Cleanup can intelligently target tuples that
are likely to be garbage, without wasting too many cycles on less
promising tuples/pages (index pages with little or no version churn).
This is infrastructure for an upcoming commit that will teach nbtree to
perform bottom-up index deletion. No index AM actually applies the hint
just yet.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=CEKFa74EScx_hFVshCOn6AA5T-ajFASTdzipdkLTNQQ@mail.gmail.com
Instead of making many block-sized write() calls to fill a new WAL file
with zeroes, make a smaller number of pwritev() calls (or various
emulations). The actual number depends on the OS's IOV_MAX, which
PG_IOV_MAX currently caps at 32. That means we'll write 256kB per call
on typical systems. We may want to tune the number later with more
experience.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJA%2Bu-220VONeoREBXJ9P3S94Y7J%2BkqCnTYmahvZJwM%3Dg%40mail.gmail.com
Bring heap and hash rmgr desc output in line with nbtree and GiST desc
output by using the name latestRemovedXid for all fields that output the
contents of the latestRemovedXid field from the WAL record's C struct
(stop using local variants).
This seems like a clear improvement because latestRemovedXid is a symbol
name that already appears across many different source files, and so is
probably much more recognizable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkt_Rs4VqPSCk87nyjPAAEmWL8STU9zgET_83EF5YfrLw@mail.gmail.com
If the substring start index and length overflow when added together,
substring() misbehaved, either throwing a bogus "negative substring
length" error on a case that should succeed, or failing to complain that
a negative length is negative (and instead returning the whole string,
in most cases). Unsurprisingly, the text, bytea, and bit variants of
the function all had this issue. Rearrange the logic to ensure that
negative lengths are always rejected, and add an overflow check to
handle the other case.
Also install similar guards into detoast_attr_slice() (nee
heap_tuple_untoast_attr_slice()), since it's far from clear that
no other code paths leading to that function could pass it values
that would overflow.
Patch by myself and Pavel Stehule, per bug #16804 from Rafi Shamim.
Back-patch to v11. While these bugs are old, the common/int.h
infrastructure for overflow-detecting arithmetic didn't exist before
commit 4d6ad3125, and it doesn't seem like these misbehaviors are bad
enough to justify developing a standalone fix for the older branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16804-f4eeeb6c11ba71d4@postgresql.org
On further reflection it seems better to call PageGetMaxOffsetNumber()
after acquiring a buffer lock on the page. This shouldn't really
matter, but doing it this way is cleaner.
Follow-up to commit 42288174.
Backpatch: 12-, just like commit 42288174
The logic for determining the latest removed XID for the purposes of
generating recovery conflicts in REDO routines was subtly broken. It
failed to follow links from HOT chains, and so failed to consider all
relevant heap tuple headers in some cases.
To fix, expand the loop that deals with LP_REDIRECT line pointers to
also deal with HOT chains. The new version of the loop is loosely based
on a similar loop from heap_prune_chain().
The impact of this bug is probably quite limited, since the horizon code
necessarily deals with heap tuples that are pointed to by LP_DEAD-set
index tuples. The process of setting LP_DEAD index tuples (e.g. within
the kill_prior_tuple mechanism) is highly correlated with opportunistic
pruning of pointed-to heap tuples. Plus the question of generating a
recovery conflict usually comes up some time after index tuple LP_DEAD
bits were initially set, unlike heap pruning, where a latestRemovedXid
is generated at the point of the pruning operation (heap pruning has no
deferred "would-be page split" style processing that produces conflicts
lazily).
Only backpatch to Postgres 12, the first version where this logic runs
during original execution (following commit 558a9165e0). The index
latestRemovedXid mechanism has had the same bug since it first appeared
over 10 years ago (in commit a760893d), but backpatching to all
supported versions now seems like a bad idea on balance. Running the
new improved code during recovery seems risky, especially given the lack
of complaints from the field.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=Eib393+HHcERK_9MtgNS7Ew1HY=RDC_g6GL46zM5C6Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
The patch needs test cases, reorganization, and cfbot testing.
Technically reverts commits 5c31afc49d..e35b2bad1a (exclusive/inclusive)
and 08db7c63f3..ccbe34139b.
Reported-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1ktAAG-0002V2-VB@gemulon.postgresql.org
This adds a key management system that stores (currently) two data
encryption keys of length 128, 192, or 256 bits. The data keys are
AES256 encrypted using a key encryption key, and validated via GCM
cipher mode. A command to obtain the key encryption key must be
specified at initdb time, and will be run at every database server
start. New parameters allow a file descriptor open to the terminal to
be passed. pg_upgrade support has also been added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k7q5o6Nc_AaX6BcYM9yqTbC6_pnH-6nSD=54Zp6NBQTCQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201202213814.GG20285@momjian.us
Author: Masahiko Sawada, me, Stephen Frost
Revert ac22929a26, as well as the followup fix 113d3591b8. Because it broke
the assumption that the startup process waiting for the recovery conflict
on buffer pin should be waken up only by buffer unpin or the timeout enabled
in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithBufferPin(). It caused, for example,
SIGHUP signal handler or walreceiver process to wake that startup process
up unnecessarily frequently.
Additionally, add the comments about why that dedicated latch that
the reverted patch tried to get rid of should not be removed.
Thanks to Kyotaro Horiguchi for the discussion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d8c0c608-021b-3c73-fffd-3240829ee986@oss.nttdata.com
"Ordering stuff" refered to a _bt_first() call to _bt_orderkeys().
However, the _bt_orderkeys() function was renamed to
_bt_preprocess_keys() by commit fa5c8a055a.
_bt_preprocess_keys() is directly referenced just after the removed
comment already, which seems sufficient.
Invent a new flag bit HASH_STRINGS to specify C-string hashing, which
was formerly the default; and add assertions insisting that exactly
one of the bits HASH_STRINGS, HASH_BLOBS, and HASH_FUNCTION be set.
This is in hopes of preventing recurrences of the type of oversight
fixed in commit a1b8aa1e4 (i.e., mistakenly omitting HASH_BLOBS).
Also, when HASH_STRINGS is specified, insist that the keysize be
more than 8 bytes. This is a heuristic, but it should catch
accidental use of HASH_STRINGS for integer or pointer keys.
(Nearly all existing use-cases set the keysize to NAMEDATALEN or
more, so there's little reason to think this restriction should
be problematic.)
Tweak hash_create() to insist that the HASH_ELEM flag be set, and
remove the defaults it had for keysize and entrysize. Since those
defaults were undocumented and basically useless, no callers
omitted HASH_ELEM anyway.
Also, remove memset's zeroing the HASHCTL parameter struct from
those callers that had one. This has never been really necessary,
and while it wasn't a bad coding convention it was confusing that
some callers did it and some did not. We might as well save a few
cycles by standardizing on "not".
Also improve the documentation for hash_create().
In passing, improve reinit.c's usage of a hash table by storing
the key as a binary Oid rather than a string; and, since that's
a temporary hash table, allocate it in CurrentMemoryContext for
neatness.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/590625.1607878171@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is done for end-of-recovery and shutdown checkpoints/restartpoints
(end-of-recovery restartpoints don't exist) rather than all types of
checkpoints, in cases where it may not be possible to rely on
pg_stat_activity to get a status from the startup or checkpointer
processes.
For example, at the end of a crash recovery, this is useful to know if a
checkpoint is running in the startup process, while previously the ps
display may only show some information about "recovering" something,
that can be confusing while a checkpoint runs.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kirk Jamison, Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200818225238.GP17022@telsasoft.com
pg_database.datfrozenxid gets updated using an in-place update at the
end of vacuum or autovacuum. Since 96cdeae, as pg_database has a toast
relation, it is possible for a pg_database tuple to have toast values
if there is a large set of ACLs in place. In such a case, the in-place
update would fail because of the flattening of the toast values done for
the catcache entry fetched. Instead of using a copy from the catcache,
this changes the logic to fetch the copy of the tuple by directly
scanning pg_database.
Per the lack of complaints on the matter, no backpatch is done. Note
that before 96cdeae, attempting to insert such a tuple to pg_database
would cause a "row is too big" error, so the end-of-vacuum problem was
not reachable.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, Junfeng Yang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM5PR0501MB38800D9E4605BCA72DD35557CCE10@DM5PR0501MB3880.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
User-visible log messages should go through ereport(), so they are
subject to translation. Many remaining elog(LOG) calls are really
debugging calls.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/92d6f545-5102-65d8-3c87-489f71ea0a37%40enterprisedb.com
Previously pg_stat_progress_cluster view reported the current block
number in heap scan as the number of heap blocks scanned (i.e.,
heap_blks_scanned). This reported number could be incorrect when
synchronize_seqscans is enabled, because it allowed the heap scan to
start at block in middle. This could result in wraparounds in the
heap_blks_scanned column when the heap scan wrapped around.
This commit fixes the bug by calculating the number of blocks from
the block that the heap scan starts at to the current block in scan,
and reporting that number in the heap_blks_scanned column.
Also, in pg_stat_progress_cluster view, previously heap_blks_scanned
could not reach heap_blks_total at the end of heap scan phase
if the last pages scanned were empty. This commit fixes the bug by
manually updating heap_blks_scanned to the same value as
heap_blks_total when the heap scan phase finishes.
Back-patch to v12 where pg_stat_progress_cluster view was introduced.
Reported-by: Matthias van de Meent
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WjCBWSGkVfYag001Rc4+-nNLDpWM7QbyD6yPvuhKs-gYQ@mail.gmail.com
While ereport() and elog() themselves are quite cheap when the
error message level is too low to be printed, some places need to do
substantial work before they can call those macros at all. To allow
optimizing away such setup work when nothing is to be printed, make
elog.c export a new function message_level_is_interesting(elevel)
that reports whether ereport/elog will do anything. Make use of that
in various places that had ad-hoc direct tests of log_min_messages etc.
Also teach ProcSleep to use it to avoid some work. (There may well
be other places that could usefully use this; I didn't search hard.)
Within elog.c, refactor a little bit to avoid having duplicate copies
of the policy-setting logic. When that code was written, we weren't
relying on the availability of inline functions; so it had some
duplications in the name of efficiency, which I got rid of.
Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/129515.1606166429@sss.pgh.pa.us
Historically these were called >^ and <^, but that is inconsistent
with the similar box, polygon, and circle operators, which are named
|>> and <<| respectively. Worse, the >^ and <^ names are used for
*not* strict above/below tests for the box type.
Hence, invent new operators following the more common naming. The
old operators remain available for now, and are still accepted by
the relevant index opclasses too. But there's a deprecation notice,
so maybe we can get rid of them someday.
Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24348.1587444160@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, when restore_command claimed to succeed but failed to restore
the file with the right name, for example, due to mis-configuration of
restore_command, no log message was reported. Then the recovery failed
later with an error message not directly related to the issue.
This commit changes the recovery so that a log message is emitted in
this error case. This would enable us to investigate what happened in
this case more easily.
Author: Jeff Janes, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xkFs3Omp4JR4wMYWdam_KLuj6LXnTYfU8u3T0h=PLLMQ@mail.gmail.com
Streamline handling of the various strategies that we have to avoid a
page split in nbtinsert.c. When it looks like a leaf page is about to
overflow, we now perform deleting LP_DEAD items and deduplication in one
central place. This greatly simplifies _bt_findinsertloc().
This has an independently useful consequence: nbtree no longer relies on
the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page level flag/hint for anything important. We
still set and unset the flag in the same way as before, but it's no
longer treated as a gating condition when considering if we should check
for already-set LP_DEAD bits. This happens at the point where the page
looks like it might have to be split anyway, so simply checking the
LP_DEAD bits in passing is practically free. This avoids missing
LP_DEAD bits just because the page-level hint is unset, which is
probably reasonably common (e.g. it happens when VACUUM unsets the
page-level flag without actually removing index tuples whose LP_DEAD-bit
was set recently, after the VACUUM operation began but before it reached
the leaf page in question).
Note that this isn't a big behavioral change compared to PostgreSQL 13.
We were already checking for set LP_DEAD bits regardless of whether the
BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page level flag was set before we considered doing a
deduplication pass. This commit only goes slightly further by doing the
same check for all indexes, even indexes where deduplication won't be
performed.
We don't completely remove the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE flag. We still rely on
it as a gating condition with pg_upgrade'd indexes from before B-tree
version 4/PostgreSQL 12. That makes sense because we sometimes have to
make a choice among pages full of duplicates when inserting a tuple with
pre version 4 indexes. It probably still pays to avoid accessing the
line pointer array of a page there, since it won't yet be clear whether
we'll insert on to the page in question at all, let alone split it as a
result.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz%3DYpc1PDdk8OVJDChGJBjT06%3DA0Mbv9HyTLCsOknGcUFg%40mail.gmail.com
Stop naming special area/opaque pointer variables 'lpageop' in contexts
where it doesn't make sense. This is a holdover from a time when logic
that performs tasks that are now spread across _bt_insertonpg(),
_bt_findinsertloc(), and _bt_split() was more centralized. 'lpageop'
denotes "left page", which doesn't make sense outside of contexts in
which there isn't also a right page.
Also acquire page flag variables up front within _bt_insertonpg(). This
makes it closer to _bt_split() following refactoring commit bc3087b626.
This allows the page split and retail insert paths to both make use of
the same variables.
This commit changes the startup process in the standby server so that
it handles the interrupt signals after waiting for wal_retrieve_retry_interval
on the latch and resetting it, before entering another wait on the latch.
This change causes the standby server to promptly handle interrupt signals.
Otherwise, previously, there was the case where the standby needs to
wait extra five seconds to shutdown when the shutdown request arrived
while the startup process was waiting for wal_retrieve_retry_interval
on the latch.
Author: Fujii Masao, but implementation idea is from Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Reviewed-by: Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7e6ab0-8a53-ddb9-63cd-289bcb25fe0e@oss.nttdata.com
Only a basic logic bug in a _bt_insertonpg() caller could lead to a
violation of this invariant (index corruption won't do it). A "can't
happen" error seems inappropriate (it is arbitrary at best).
Demote the error to a simple assertion. This matches similar nearby
sanity checks.
Introduce TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() to simplify callers
that would rather have the difference in milliseconds, instead of
the select()-oriented seconds-and-microseconds format. This gets
rid of at least one integer division per call, and it eliminates
some apparently-easy-to-mess-up arithmetic.
Two of these call sites were in fact wrong:
* pg_prewarm's autoprewarm_main() forgot to multiply the seconds
by 1000, thus ending up with a delay 1000X shorter than intended.
That doesn't quite make it a busy-wait, but close.
* postgres_fdw's pgfdw_get_cleanup_result() thought it needed to compute
microseconds not milliseconds, thus ending up with a delay 1000X longer
than intended. Somebody along the way had noticed this problem but
misdiagnosed the cause, and imposed an ad-hoc 60-second limit rather
than fixing the units. This was relatively harmless in context, because
we don't care that much about exactly how long this delay is; still,
it's wrong.
There are a few more callers of TimestampDifference() that don't
have a direct need for seconds-and-microseconds, but can't use
TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() either because they do need
microsecond precision or because they might possibly deal with
intervals long enough to overflow 32-bit milliseconds. It might be
worth inventing another API to improve that, but that seems outside
the scope of this patch; so those callers are untouched here.
Given the fact that we are fixing some bugs, and the likelihood
that future patches might want to back-patch code that uses this
new API, back-patch to all supported branches.
Alexey Kondratov and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3b1c053a21c07c1ed5e00be3b2b855ef@postgrespro.ru
Remove a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() call that could never actually handle an
interrupt. We always have a heap page buffer lock at this point.
Having a useless CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() call is harmless but misleading.
It is probably possible to work around the immediate problem by moving
the CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() to before the heap page buffer lock is
acquired. That isn't enough to make the function responsive to
interrupts, though. The index AM caller will still hold an exclusive
buffer lock of its own.
Specifically, this blocks DECLARE ... WITH HOLD and firing of deferred
triggers within index expressions and materialized view queries. An
attacker having permission to create non-temp objects in at least one
schema could execute arbitrary SQL functions under the identity of the
bootstrap superuser. One can work around the vulnerability by disabling
autovacuum and not manually running ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REINDEX, CREATE
INDEX, VACUUM FULL, or REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW. (Don't restore from
pg_dump, since it runs some of those commands.) Plain VACUUM (without
FULL) is safe, and all commands are fine when a trusted user owns the
target object. Performance may degrade quickly under this workaround,
however. Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Robert Haas. Reported by Etienne Stalmans.
Security: CVE-2020-25695
The description of how LP_DEAD bit setting by index scans works
following commit 2ed5b87f was rather unclear. Clean that up a bit.
Also refer to LP_DEAD bit setting within _bt_check_unique() at the start
of the same section. This mechanism may actually be more important than
the generic kill_prior_tuple mechanism that the section focuses on, so
it at least deserves to be mentioned in passing.
* Avoid pointlessly highlighting that an index vacuum was executed by a
parallel worker; user doesn't care.
* Don't give the impression that a non-concurrent reindex of an invalid
index on a TOAST table would work, because it wouldn't.
* Add a "translator:" comment for a mysterious message.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201107034943.GA16596@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
brin_form_tuple failed to consider the values may be toasted, inserting
the toast pointer into the index. This may easily result in index
corruption, as the toast data may be deleted and cleaned up by vacuum.
The cleanup however does not care about indexes, leaving invalid toast
pointers behind, which triggers errors like this:
ERROR: missing chunk number 0 for toast value 16433 in pg_toast_16426
A less severe consequence are inconsistent failures due to the index row
being too large, depending on whether brin_form_tuple operated on plain
or toasted version of the row. For example
CREATE TABLE t (val TEXT);
INSERT INTO t VALUES ('... long value ...')
CREATE INDEX idx ON t USING brin (val);
would likely succeed, as the row would likely include toast pointer.
Switching the order of INSERT and CREATE INDEX would likely fail:
ERROR: index row size 8712 exceeds maximum 8152 for index "idx"
because this happens before the row values are toasted.
The bug exists since PostgreSQL 9.5 where BRIN indexes were introduced.
So backpatch all the way back.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201001184133.oq5uq75sb45pu3aw@development
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201104010544.zexj52mlldagzowv%40development
wal_consistency_checking indicated an inconsistency in certain cases
involving nbtree page deletion. The underlying issue is that there was
a minor difference between the page image produced after a REDO routine
ran and the corresponding page image following original execution.
This harmless inconsistency has been around forever. We more or less
expect total consistency among even deleted nbtree pages these days,
though, so this won't do anymore.
To fix, tweak the REDO routine to match original execution.
Oversight in commit f47b5e13.
Logic for counting heap TIDs from posting list tuples (added by commit
0d861bbb) was faulty. It didn't count any TIDs/index tuples in the
event of no callback being set. This meant that we incorrectly counted
no index tuples in clean-up only VACUUMs, which could lead to
pg_class.reltuples being spuriously set to 0 in affected indexes.
To fix, go back to counting items from the page in cases where there is
no callback. This approach isn't very accurate, but it works well
enough in practice while avoiding the expense of accessing every index
tuple during cleanup-only VACUUMs.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
https://postgr.es/m/20201023174451.69e358f1@firost
Backpatch: 13-, where nbtree deduplication was introduced
Commit dee663f7 intended to drop any queued up fsync requests before
unlinking segment files, but missed a code path. Fix, by centralizing
the forget-and-unlink code into a single function.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201104013205.icogbi773przyny5%40development
Commit ac22929a26 changed recoveryWakeupLatch so that it's reset to
NULL at the end of recovery. This change could cause a segmentation fault
in the buildfarm member 'elver'.
Previously the latch was reset to NULL after calling ShutdownWalRcv().
But there could be a window between ShutdownWalRcv() and the actual
exit of walreceiver. If walreceiver set the latch during that window,
the segmentation fault could happen.
To fix the issue, this commit changes walreceiver so that it sets
the latch only when the latch has not been reset to NULL yet.
Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5c1f8a85-747c-7bf9-241e-dd467d8a3586@iki.fi
This commit gets rid of the dedicated latch for signaling the startup
process in favor of using its procLatch, since that comports better
with possible generic signal handlers using that latch.
Commit 1e53fe0e70 changed background processes so that they use standard
SIGHUP handler. Like that, this commit also makes the startup process use
standard SIGHUP handler to simplify the code.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXPorUqePswDtOeM_s82v9RW32E1fYmOPZ5NuE+TWKj_A@mail.gmail.com
Some places were using PG_GETARG_UINT32 where PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID
would be more appropriate. (Of course, they are the same internally,
so there is no externally visible effect.) To do that, export
PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID outside of xid.c. We also export
PG_RETURN_TRANSACTIONID for symmetry, even though there are currently
no external users.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d8f6bdd536df403b9b33816e9f7e0b9d@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Certain background workers initiate parallel queries while
debug_query_string==NULL, at which point they attempted strlen(NULL) and
died to SIGSEGV. Older debug_query_string observers allow NULL, so do
likewise in these newer ones. Back-patch to v11, where commit
7de4a1bcc5 introduced the first of these.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201014022636.GA1962668@rfd.leadboat.com
Because of this, if you tried to create an operator family with the new
sortsupport function, you got an error:
ERROR: support function number 11 is invalid for access method gist
We missed this in commit 16fa9b2b30 that added the sortsupport function,
because it only added sortsupport to a built-in operator family.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3520A18A-5C38-4697-A2E3-F3BDE3496CD5%40yandex-team.ru
This fixes a bug in the edge case where, for a temp table, heap_page_prune()
can end up with a different horizon than heap_vacuum_rel(). Which can trigger
errors like "ERROR: cannot freeze committed xmax ...".
The bug was introduced due to interaction of a7212be8b9 "Set cutoff xmin more
aggressively when vacuuming a temporary table." with dc7420c2c9 "snapshot
scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.".
The problem is caused by lazy_scan_heap() assuming that the only reason its
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() call would return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD is if the tuple is
a HOT tuple, or if the tuple's inserting transaction has aborted since the
heap_page_prune() call. But after a7212be8b9 that was also possible in other
cases for temp tables, because heap_page_prune() uses a different visibility
test after dc7420c2c9.
The fix is fairly simple: Move the special case logic for temp tables from
vacuum_set_xid_limits() to the infrastructure introduced in dc7420c2c9. That
ensures that the horizon used for pruning is at least as aggressive as the one
used by lazy_scan_heap(). The concrete horizon used for temp tables is
slightly different than the logic in dc7420c2c9, but should always be as
aggressive as before (see comments).
A significant benefit to centralizing the logic procarray.c is that now the
more aggressive horizons for temp tables does not just apply to VACUUM but
also to e.g. HOT pruning and the nbtree killtuples logic.
Because isTopLevel is not needed by vacuum_set_xid_limits() anymore, I
undid the the related changes from a7212be8b9.
This commit also adds an isolation test ensuring that the more aggressive
vacuuming and pruning of temp tables keeps working.
Debugged-By: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Debugged-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Debugged-By: Ashutosh Sharma <ashu.coek88@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201014203103.72oke6hqywcyhx7s@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201015083735.derdzysdtqdvxshp@alap3.anarazel.de
Pavan Deolasee recently noted that a few of the
HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions calls added by commit
5db6df0c01 are useless, since they are done after comparing t_self
with t_ctid. But because t_self can never be set to the magical values
that indicate that the tuple moved partition, this can never succeed: if
the first test fails (so we know t_self equals t_ctid), necessarily the
second test will also fail.
So these checks can be removed and no harm is done.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200929164411.GA15497@alvherre.pgsql
A number of places were using appendStringInfo() when they could have been
using appendStringInfoString() instead. While there's no functionality
change there, it's just more efficient to use appendStringInfoString()
when no formatting is required. Likewise for some
appendStringInfoString() calls which were just appending a single char.
We can just use appendStringInfoChar() for that.
Additionally, many places were using appendPQExpBuffer() when they could
have used appendPQExpBufferStr(). Change those too.
Patch by Zhijie Hou, but further searching by me found significantly more
places that deserved the same treatment.
Author: Zhijie Hou, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cb172cf4361e4c7ba7167429070979d4@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
gistRelocateBuildBuffersOnSplit did not get the memo about which
attribute count to use. This could lead to a crash if there were
included columns and buffering build was chosen. (Because there
are random page-split decisions elsewhere in GiST index build,
the crashes are not entirely deterministic.)
Back-patch to v12 where GiST gained support for included columns.
Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEECCV5m7wvxg46PC-7x-EybUmnpupBGhSFMoAAay+r6HQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 16fa9b2b3 broke the ability to reliably test GiST buffered builds,
because it caused sorted builds to be done instead if sortsupport is
available, regardless of any attempt to override that. While a would-be
test case could try to work around that by choosing an opclass that has
no sortsupport function, coverage would be silently lost the moment
someone decides it'd be a good idea to add a sortsupport function.
Hence, rearrange the logic in gistbuild() so that if "buffering = on"
is specified in CREATE INDEX, we will use that method, sortsupport or no.
Also document the interaction between sorting and the buffering
parameter, as 16fa9b2b3 failed to do.
(Note that in fact we still lack any test coverage of buffered builds,
but this is a prerequisite to adding a non-fragile test.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3249980.1602532990@sss.pgh.pa.us
This view shows the statistics about WAL activity. Currently it has only
two columns: wal_buffers_full and stats_reset. wal_buffers_full column
indicates the number of times WAL data was written to the disk because
WAL buffers got full. This information is useful when tuning wal_buffers.
stats_reset column indicates the time at which these statistics were
last reset.
pg_stat_wal view is also the basic infrastructure to expose other
various statistics about WAL activity later.
Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID due to the change in pgstat format.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Takayuki Tsunakawa, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/188bd3f2d2233cf97753b5ced02bb050@oss.nttdata.com
Providing this information can be useful for example when diagnosing
problems related to recovery conflicts or for recovery issues without
having to go through the output generated by pg_waldump to get some
information about the blocks a WAL record works on.
The block information is printed in the same format as pg_waldump. This
already existed in xlog.c for debugging purposes with -DWAL_DEBUG, so
adding the block information in the callback has required just a small
refactoring.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c31e2cba-efda-762c-f4ad-5c25e5dac3d0@amazon.com
This is not strictly necessary, as the right-links are only needed by
scans that are concurrent with page splits, and neither scans or page
splits can happen during sorted index build. But it seems like a good
idea to set them anyway, if we e.g. want to add a check to amcheck in
the future to verify that the chain of right-links is complete.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/4D68C21F-9FB9-41DA-B663-FDFC8D143788%40yandex-team.ru
Previously, we called fsync() after writing out individual pg_xact,
pg_multixact and pg_commit_ts pages due to cache pressure, leading to
regular I/O stalls in user backends and recovery. Collapse requests for
the same file into a single system call as part of the next checkpoint,
as we already did for relation files, using the infrastructure developed
by commit 3eb77eba. This can cause a significant improvement to
recovery performance, especially when it's otherwise CPU-bound.
Hoist ProcessSyncRequests() up into CheckPointGuts() to make it clearer
that it applies to all the SLRU mini-buffer-pools as well as the main
buffer pool. Rearrange things so that data collected in CheckpointStats
includes SLRU activity.
Also remove the Shutdown{CLOG,CommitTS,SUBTRANS,MultiXact}() functions,
because they were redundant after the shutdown checkpoint that
immediately precedes them. (I'm not sure if they were ever needed, but
they aren't now.)
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (parts)
Tested-by: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGLJ=84YT+NvhkEEDAuUtVHMfQ9i-N7k_o50JmQ6Rpj_OQ@mail.gmail.com
Existing code used various inconsistent ways to printf struct stat's
st_size member. The type of that is off_t, which is in most cases a
signed 64-bit integer, so use the long long int format for it.
Harmonize behavior by moving reponsibility for fsyncing directories down
into slru.c. In 10 and later, only the multixact directories were
missed (see commit 1b02be21), and in older branches all SLRUs were
missed.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLtsTUOScnNoSMZ-2ZLv%2BwGh01J6kAo_DM8mTRq1sKdSQ%40mail.gmail.com
Since we're bypassing the buffer manager, we need to call
PageSetChecksumInplace() directly. As reported by Justin Pryzby.
In the passing, add RelationOpenSmgr() calls before all smgrwrite() and
smgrextend() calls. Tom added one before the first smgrextend() call in
commit c2bb287025, which seems to be enough, but let's play it safe and
do it before each one. That's how it's done in the similar code in
nbtsort.c, too.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20200920224446.GF30557@telsasoft.com
After commits 85f6b49c2c and 3ba59ccc89, we can allow parallel inserts
which was earlier not possible as parallel group members won't conflict
for relation extension and page lock. In those commits, we forgot to
update comments at few places.
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas and Dilip Kumar
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-tMrQh5FFMPx5aWJ+1gi1H6JxktEhq5mDwCHgnEO5oBkA@mail.gmail.com
For parallel btree scan to work for array of scan keys, it should reach
BTPARALLEL_DONE state once for every distinct combination of array keys.
This is required to ensure that the parallel workers don't try to seize
blocks at the same time for different scan keys. We missed to update this
state when we discovered that the scan keys can't be satisfied.
Author: James Hunter
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Justin Pryzby
Backpatch-through: 10, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4248CABC-25E3-4809-B4D0-128E1BAABC3C@amazon.com
This adds a new optional support function to the GiST access method:
sortsupport. If it is defined, the GiST index is built by sorting all data
to the order defined by the sortsupport's comparator function, and packing
the tuples in that order to GiST pages. This is similar to how B-tree
index build works, and is much faster than inserting the tuples one by
one. The resulting index is smaller too, because the pages are packed more
tightly, upto 'fillfactor'. The normal build method works by splitting
pages, which tends to lead to more wasted space.
The quality of the resulting index depends on how good the opclass-defined
sort order is. A good order preserves locality of the input data.
As the first user of this facility, add 'sortsupport' function to the
point_ops opclass. It sorts the points in Z-order (aka Morton Code), by
interleaving the bits of the X and Y coordinates.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1A36620E-CAD8-4267-9067-FB31385E7C0D%40yandex-team.ru
When reading a WAL record fails to find continuation record(s) of the
proper length, report what it expects, for clarity.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200903212152.GA15319@alvherre.pgsql
When multiple relations are reindexed, a scan of pg_class is done first
to build the list of relations to work on. However the REINDEX logic
has never checked if a relation listed still exists when beginning the
work on it, causing for example sudden cache lookup failures.
This commit adds safeguards against dropped relations for REINDEX,
similarly to VACUUM or CLUSTER where we try to open the relation,
ignoring it if it is missing. A new option is added to the REINDEX
routines to control if a missed relation is OK to ignore or not.
An isolation test, based on REINDEX SCHEMA, is added for the concurrent
and non-concurrent cases.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200813043805.GE11663@paquier.xyz
Since other sessions aren't allowed to look into a temporary table
of our own session, we do not need to worry about the global xmin
horizon when setting the vacuum XID cutoff. Indeed, if we're not
inside a transaction block, we may set oldestXmin to be the next
XID, because there cannot be any in-doubt tuples in a temp table,
nor any tuples that are dead but still visible to some snapshot of
our transaction. (VACUUM, of course, is never inside a transaction
block; but we need to test that because CLUSTER shares the same code.)
This approach allows us to always clean out a temp table completely
during VACUUM, independently of concurrent activity. Aside from
being useful in its own right, that simplifies building reproducible
test cases.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3490536.1598629609@sss.pgh.pa.us
Historically, we've considered the state with relpages and reltuples
both zero as indicating that we do not know the table's tuple density.
This is problematic because it's impossible to distinguish "never yet
vacuumed" from "vacuumed and seen to be empty". In particular, a user
cannot use VACUUM or ANALYZE to override the planner's normal heuristic
that an empty table should not be believed to be empty because it is
probably about to get populated. That heuristic is a good safety
measure, so I don't care to abandon it, but there should be a way to
override it if the table is indeed intended to stay empty.
Hence, represent the initial state of ignorance by setting reltuples
to -1 (relpages is still set to zero), and apply the minimum-ten-pages
heuristic only when reltuples is still -1. If the table is empty,
VACUUM or ANALYZE (but not CREATE INDEX) will override that to
reltuples = relpages = 0, and then we'll plan on that basis.
This requires a bunch of fiddly little changes, but we can get rid of
some ugly kluges that were formerly needed to maintain the old definition.
One notable point is that FDWs' GetForeignRelSize methods will see
baserel->tuples = -1 when no ANALYZE has been done on the foreign table.
That seems like a net improvement, since those methods were formerly
also in the dark about what baserel->tuples = 0 really meant. Still,
it is an API change.
I bumped catversion because code predating this change would get confused
by seeing reltuples = -1.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F02298E0-6EF4-49A1-BCB6-C484794D9ACC@thebuild.com
collectMatchBitmap() needs to re-find the index tuple it was previously
looking at, after transiently dropping lock on the index page it's on.
The tuple should still exist and be at its prior position or somewhere
to the right of that, since ginvacuum never removes tuples but
concurrent insertions could add one. However, there was a thinko in
that logic, to the effect of expecting any inserted tuples to have the
same index "attnum" as what we'd been scanning. Since there's no
physical separation of tuples with different attnums, it's not terribly
hard to devise scenarios where this fails, leading to transient "lost
saved point in index" errors. (While I've duplicated this with manual
testing, it seems impossible to make a reproducible test case with our
available testing technology.)
Fix by just continuing the scan when the attnum doesn't match.
While here, improve the error message used if we do fail, so that it
matches the wording used in btree for a similar case.
collectMatchBitmap()'s posting-tree code path was previously not
exercised at all by our regression tests. While I can't make
a regression test that exhibits the bug, I can at least improve
the code coverage here, so do that. The test case I made for this
is an extension of one added by 4b754d6c1, so it only works in
HEAD and v13; didn't seem worth trying hard to back-patch it.
Per bug #16595 from Jesse Kinkead. This has been broken since
multicolumn capability was added to GIN (commit 27cb66fdf),
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16595-633118be8eef9ce2@postgresql.org
The additional information added will be an offset number for heap
operations. This information will help us in finding the exact tuple due
to which the error has occurred.
Author: Mahendra Singh Thalor and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Justin Pryzby and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKYtNApK488TDF4bMbw+1QH8HJf9cxdNDXquhU50TK5iv_FtCQ@mail.gmail.com
We were displaying the wrong phase information for 'info' message in the
index clean up phase because we were switching to the previous phase a bit
early. We were also not displaying context information for heap phase
unless the block number is valid which is fine for error cases but for
messages at 'info' or lower error level it appears to be inconsistent with
index phase information.
Reported-by: Sawada Masahiko
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 13, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k4HcbhPnCs7paRTw1K-AHin8y4xKomB9Ru0ATw0UeTy2w@mail.gmail.com
If a commit or abort record includes "dropped relfilenodes", then replaying
the record will remove data files. That is surely a "special rel update",
but the records were not marked as such. Fix that, teach pg_rewind to
expect and ignore them, and add a test case to cover it.
It's always been like this, but no backporting for fear of breaking
existing applications. If an application parsed the WAL but was not
handling commit/abort records, it would stop working. That might be a good
thing if it really needed to handle the dropped rels, but it will be caught
when the application is updated to work with PostgreSQL v14 anyway.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/07b33e2c-46a6-86a1-5f9e-a7da73fddb95%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier
Reuse cautionary language from src/test/ssl/README in
src/test/kerberos/README. SLRUs have had access to six-character
segments names since commit 73c986adde,
and recovery stopped calling HeapTupleHeaderAdvanceLatestRemovedXid() in
commit 558a9165e0. The other corrections
are more self-evident.
The SimpleLruTruncate() header comment states the new coding rule. To
achieve this, add locktype "frozenid" and two LWLocks. This closes a
rare opportunity for data loss, which manifested as "apparent
wraparound" or "could not access status of transaction" errors. Data
loss is more likely in pg_multixact, due to released branches' thin
margin between multiStopLimit and multiWrapLimit. If a user's physical
replication primary logged ": apparent wraparound" messages, the user
should rebuild standbys of that primary regardless of symptoms. At less
risk is a cluster having emitted "not accepting commands" errors or
"must be vacuumed" warnings at some point. One can test a cluster for
this data loss by running VACUUM FREEZE in every database. Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218073103.GA1434723@rfd.leadboat.com
Similar to the previous changes this increases the chance that data
frequently needed by GetSnapshotData() stays in l2 cache. In many
workloads subtransactions are very rare, and this makes the check for
that considerably cheaper.
As this removes the last member of PGXACT, there is no need to keep it
around anymore.
On a larger 2 socket machine this and the two preceding commits result
in a ~1.07x performance increase in read-only pgbench. For read-heavy
mixed r/w workloads without row level contention, I see about 1.1x.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Similar to the previous commit this increases the chance that data
frequently needed by GetSnapshotData() stays in l2 cache. As we now
take care to not unnecessarily write to ProcGlobal->vacuumFlags, there
should be very few modifications to the ProcGlobal->vacuumFlags array.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
The new array contains the xids for all connected backends / in-use
PGPROC entries in a dense manner (in contrast to the PGPROC/PGXACT
arrays which can have unused entries interspersed).
This improves performance because GetSnapshotData() always needs to
scan the xids of all live procarray entries and now there's no need to
go through the procArray->pgprocnos indirection anymore.
As the set of running top-level xids changes rarely, compared to the
number of snapshots taken, this substantially increases the likelihood
of most data required for a snapshot being in l2 cache. In
read-mostly workloads scanning the xids[] array will sufficient to
build a snapshot, as most backends will not have an xid assigned.
To keep the xid array dense ProcArrayRemove() needs to move entries
behind the to-be-removed proc's one further up in the array. Obviously
moving array entries cannot happen while a backend sets it
xid. I.e. locking needs to prevent that array entries are moved while
a backend modifies its xid.
To avoid locking ProcArrayLock in GetNewTransactionId() - a fairly hot
spot already - ProcArrayAdd() / ProcArrayRemove() now needs to hold
XidGenLock in addition to ProcArrayLock. Adding / Removing a procarray
entry is not a very frequent operation, even taking 2PC into account.
Due to the above, the dense array entries can only be read or modified
while holding ProcArrayLock and/or XidGenLock. This prevents a
concurrent ProcArrayRemove() from shifting the dense array while it is
accessed concurrently.
While the new dense array is very good when needing to look at all
xids it is less suitable when accessing a single backend's xid. In
particular it would be problematic to have to acquire a lock to access
a backend's own xid. Therefore a backend's xid is not just stored in
the dense array, but also in PGPROC. This also allows a backend to
only access the shared xid value when the backend had acquired an
xid.
The infrastructure added in this commit will be used for the remaining
PGXACT fields in subsequent commits. They are kept separate to make
review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Now that xmin isn't needed for GetSnapshotData() anymore, it leads to
unnecessary cacheline ping-pong to have it in PGXACT, as it is updated
considerably more frequently than the other PGXACT members.
After the changes in dc7420c2c9, this is a very straight-forward change.
For highly concurrent, snapshot acquisition heavy, workloads this change alone
can significantly increase scalability. E.g. plain pgbench on a smaller 2
socket machine gains 1.07x for read-only pgbench, 1.22x for read-only pgbench
when submitting queries in batches of 100, and 2.85x for batches of 100
'SELECT';. The latter numbers are obviously not to be expected in the
real-world, but micro-benchmark the snapshot computation
scalability (previously spending ~80% of the time in GetSnapshotData()).
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
When a table is scanned by heapam_index_build_range_scan (née
IndexBuildHeapScan) and the table lock being held allows concurrent data
changes, it is possible for new HOT chains to sprout in a page that were
unknown when the scan of a page happened. This leads to an error such
as
ERROR: failed to find parent tuple for heap-only tuple at (X,Y) in table "tbl"
because the root tuple was not present when we first obtained the list
of the page's root tuples. This can be fixed by re-obtaining the list
of root tuples, if we see that a heap-only tuple appears to point to a
non-existing root.
This was reported by Anastasia as occurring for BRIN summarization
(which exists since 9.5), but I think it could theoretically also happen
with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY (much older) or REINDEX CONCURRENTLY
(very recent). It seems a happy coincidence that BRIN forces us to
backpatch this all the way to 9.5.
Reported-by: Anastasia Lubennikova <a.lubennikova@postgrespro.ru>
Diagnosed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova <a.lubennikova@postgrespro.ru>
Co-authored-by: Anastasia Lubennikova <a.lubennikova@postgrespro.ru>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/602d8487-f0b2-5486-0088-0f372b2549fa@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch: 9.5 - master
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
If a page range is desummarized at just the right time concurrently with
an index walk, BRIN would raise an error indicating index corruption.
This is scary and unhelpful; silently returning that the page range is
not summarized is sufficient reaction.
This bug was introduced by commit 975ad4e602 as additional protection
against a bug whose actual fix was elsewhere. Backpatch equally.
Reported-By: Anastasia Lubennikova <a.lubennikova@postgrespro.ru>
Diagnosed-By: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2588667e-d07d-7e10-74e2-7e1e46194491@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch: 9.5 - master
The reason for doing so is that a subsequent commit will need that to
avoid wraparound issues. As the subsequent change is large this was
split out for easier review.
The reason this is not a perfect straight-forward change is that we do
not want track 64bit xids in the procarray or the WAL. Therefore we
need to advance lastestCompletedXid in relation to 32 bit xids. The
code for that is now centralized in MaintainLatestCompletedXid*.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Including Full in variable names duplicates the type information and
leads to overly long names. As FullTransactionId cannot accidentally
be casted to TransactionId that does not seem necessary.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200724011143.jccsyvsvymuiqfxu@alap3.anarazel.de
They are equivalent, except that StrNCpy() zero-fills the entire
destination buffer instead of providing just one trailing zero. For
all but a tiny number of callers, that's just overhead rather than
being desirable.
Remove StrNCpy() as it is now unused.
In some cases, namestrcpy() is the more appropriate function to use.
While we're here, simplify the API of namestrcpy(): Remove the return
value, don't check for NULL input. Nothing was using that anyway.
Also, remove a few unused name-related functions.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/44f5e198-36f6-6cdb-7fa9-60e34784daae%402ndquadrant.com
Instead of serializing the transaction to disk after reaching the
logical_decoding_work_mem limit in memory, we consume the changes we have
in memory and invoke stream API methods added by commit 45fdc9738b.
However, sometimes if we have incomplete toast or speculative insert we
spill to the disk because we can't generate the complete tuple and stream.
And, as soon as we get the complete tuple we stream the transaction
including the serialized changes.
We can do this incremental processing thanks to having assignments
(associating subxact with toplevel xacts) in WAL right away, and
thanks to logging the invalidation messages at each command end. These
features are added by commits 0bead9af48 and c55040ccd0 respectively.
Now that we can stream in-progress transactions, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We handle such failures by returning ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK
sqlerrcode from system table scan APIs to the backend or WALSender
decoding a specific uncommitted transaction. The decoding logic on the
receipt of such a sqlerrcode aborts the decoding of the current
transaction and continue with the decoding of other transactions.
We have ReorderBufferTXN pointer in each ReorderBufferChange by which we
know which xact it belongs to. The output plugin can use this to decide
which changes to discard in case of stream_abort_cb (e.g. when a subxact
gets discarded).
We also provide a new option via SQL APIs to fetch the changes being
streamed.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, Nikhil Sontakke
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh, Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Make the nbtree page split REDO routine consistent with original
execution in its approach to acquiring and releasing buffer locks (at
least for pages on the tree level of the page being split). This brings
btree_xlog_split() in line with btree_xlog_unlink_page(), which was
taught to couple buffer locks by commit 9a9db08a.
Note that the precise order in which we both acquire and release sibling
buffer locks in btree_xlog_split() now matches original execution
exactly (the precise order in which the locks are released probably
doesn't matter much, but we might as well be consistent about it).
The rule for nbtree REDO routines from here on is that same-level locks
should be acquired in an order that's consistent with original
execution. It's not practical to have a similar rule for cross-level
page locks, since for the most part original execution holds those locks
for a period that spans multiple atomic actions/WAL records. It's also
not necessary, because clearly the cross-level lock coupling is only
truly needed during original execution because of the presence of
concurrent inserters.
This is not a bug fix (unlike the similar aforementioned commit, commit
9a9db08a). The immediate reason to tighten things up in this area is to
enable an upcoming enhancement to contrib/amcheck that allows it to
verify that sibling links are in agreement with only an AccessShareLock
(this check produced false positives when run on a replica server on
account of the inconsistency fixed by this commit). But that's not the
only reason to be stricter here.
It is generally useful to make locking on replicas be as close to what
happens during original execution as practically possible. It makes it
less likely that hard to catch bugs will slip in in the future. The
previous state of affairs seems to be a holdover from before the
introduction of Hot Standby, when buffer lock acquisitions during
recovery were totally unnecessary. See also: commit 3bbf668d, which
tightened things up in this area a few years after the introduction of
Hot Standby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=465cJj11YXD9RKH8z=nhQa2dofOZ_23h67EXUGOJ00Q@mail.gmail.com
Make the nbtree page split REDO routine variable names consistent with
_bt_split() (which handles the original execution of page splits).
These names make the code easier to follow by making the distinction
between the original page and the left half of the split clear. (The
left half of the split page is a temp page that REDO creates to replace
the origpage contents.)
Also reduce the elevel used when adding a new high key to the temp page
from PANIC to ERROR to be consistent. We already only raise an ERROR
when data item PageAddItem() temp page calls fail.
Currently, page unlink leaves remaining items "as is", but replay of
corresponding WAL-record re-initializes page leaving it with no items.
For the sake of consistency, this commit makes primary delete all the items
during page unlink as well.
Thanks to this change, we now don't mask contents of deleted btree page for
WAL consistency checking.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdt_OTyQpXaPJcWzV2N-LNeNJseNB-K_A66qG%3DL518VTFw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
It was possible for the logic used by backward scans (which must reason
about concurrent page splits/deletions in its own peculiar way) to
become confused when running on a replica. Concurrent replay of a WAL
record that describes the second phase of page deletion could cause
_bt_walk_left() to get confused. btree_xlog_unlink_page() simply failed
to adhere to the same locking protocol that we use on the primary, which
is obviously wrong once you consider these two disparate functions
together. This bug is present in all stable branches.
More concretely, the problem was that nothing stopped _bt_walk_left()
from observing inconsistencies between the deletion's target page and
its original sibling pages when running on a replica. This is true even
though the second phase of page deletion is supposed to work as a single
atomic action. Queries running on replicas raised "could not find left
sibling of block %u in index %s" can't-happen errors when they went back
to their scan's "original" page and observed that the page has not been
marked deleted (even though it really was concurrently deleted).
There is no evidence that this actually happened in the real world. The
issue came to light during unrelated feature development work. Note
that _bt_walk_left() is the only code that cares about the difference
between a half-dead page and a fully deleted page that isn't also
exclusively used by nbtree VACUUM (unless you include contrib/amcheck
code). It seems very likely that backward scans are the only thing that
could become confused by the inconsistency. Even amcheck's complex
bt_right_page_check_scankey() dance was unaffected.
To fix, teach btree_xlog_unlink_page() to lock the left sibling, target,
and right sibling pages in that order before releasing any locks (just
like _bt_unlink_halfdead_page()). This is the simplest possible
approach. There doesn't seem to be any opportunity to be more clever
about lock acquisition in the REDO routine, and it hardly seems worth
the trouble in any case.
This fix might enable contrib/amcheck verification of leaf page sibling
links with only an AccessShareLock on the relation. An amcheck patch
from Andrey Borodin was rejected back in January because it clashed with
btree_xlog_unlink_page()'s lax approach to locking pages. It now seems
likely that the real problem was with btree_xlog_unlink_page(), not the
patch.
This is a low severity, low likelihood bug, so no backpatch.
Author: Michail Nikolaev
Diagnosed-By: Michail Nikolaev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANtu0ohkR-evAWbpzJu54V8eCOtqjJyYp3PQ_SGoBTRGXWhWRw@mail.gmail.com
Add a documenting assertion that's similar to the nearby assertion added
by commit cd8c73a3. This conveys that the entire call to _bt_pagedel()
does no work if it isn't possible to get a descent stack for the initial
scanblkno page.
We have edge-case bugs when assigning values in the last few dozen pages
before the wrap limit. We may introduce similar bugs in the future. At
default BLCKSZ, this makes such bugs unreachable outside of single-user
mode. Also, when VACUUM began to consume mxacts, multiStopLimit did not
change to compensate.
pg_upgrade may fail on a cluster that was already printing "must be
vacuumed" warnings. Follow the warning's instructions to clear the
warning, then run pg_upgrade again. One can still, peacefully consume
98% of XIDs or mxacts, so DBAs need not change routine VACUUM settings.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200621083513.GA3074645@rfd.leadboat.com
This allows AM-specific knowledge to be applied during creation of
pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. Specifically, the AM knows better than
core code which entries to consider as required or optional. Giving
the latter entries the appropriate sort of dependency allows them to
be dropped without taking out the whole opclass or opfamily; which
is something we'd like to have to correct obsolescent entries in
extensions.
This callback also opens the door to performing AM-specific validity
checks during opclass creation, rather than hoping than an opclass
developer will remember to test with "amvalidate". For the most part
I've not actually added any such checks yet; that can happen in a
follow-on patch. (Note that we shouldn't remove any tests from
"amvalidate", as those are still needed to cross-check manually
constructed entries in the initdb data. So adding tests to
"amadjustmembers" will be somewhat duplicative, but it seems like
a good idea anyway.)
Patch by me, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov, Hamid Akhtar, and
Anastasia Lubennikova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4578.1565195302@sss.pgh.pa.us
Avoid repeatedly calling lseek(SEEK_END) during recovery by caching
the size of each fork. For now, we can't use the same technique in
other processes, because we lack a shared invalidation mechanism.
Do this by generalizing the pre-existing caching used by FSM and VM
to support all forks.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D3SSw-Ty1DFcK%3D1rU-K6GSzYzfdD4d%2BZwapdN7dTa6%3DnQ%40mail.gmail.com
For pg_attribute, this allows to insert at once a full set of attributes
for a relation (roughly 15% of WAL reduction in extreme cases). For
pg_shdepend, this reduces the work done when creating new shared
dependencies from a database template. The number of slots used for the
insertion is capped at 64kB of data inserted for both, depending on the
number of items to insert and the length of the rows involved.
More can be done for other catalogs, like pg_depend. This part requires
a different approach as the number of slots to use depends also on the
number of entries discarded as pinned dependencies. This is also
related to the rework or dependency handling for ALTER TABLE and CREATE
TABLE, mainly.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190213182737.mxn6hkdxwrzgxk35@alap3.anarazel.de
When fast promotion was supported in 9.3, non-fast promotion became
undocumented feature and it's basically not available for ordinary users.
However we decided not to remove non-fast promotion at that moment,
to leave it for a release or two for debugging purpose or as an emergency
method because fast promotion might have some issues, and then to
remove it later. Now, several versions were released since that decision
and there is no longer reason to keep supporting non-fast promotion.
Therefore this commit removes non-fast promotion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Hamid Akhtar, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/76066434-648f-f567-437b-54853b43398f@oss.nttdata.com
Previously we would allocate blocks to parallel workers during a parallel
sequential scan 1 block at a time. Since other workers were likely to
request a block before a worker returns for another block number to work
on, this could lead to non-sequential I/O patterns in each worker which
could cause the operating system's readahead to perform poorly or not at
all.
Here we change things so that we allocate consecutive "chunks" of blocks
to workers and have them work on those until they're done, at which time
we allocate another chunk for the worker. The size of these chunks is
based on the size of the relation.
Initial patch here was by Thomas Munro which showed some good improvements
just having a fixed chunk size of 64 blocks with a simple ramp-down near
the end of the scan. The revisions of the patch to make the chunk size
based on the relation size and the adjusted ramp-down in powers of two was
done by me, along with quite extensive benchmarking to determine the
optimal chunk sizes.
For the most part, benchmarks have shown significant performance
improvements for large parallel sequential scans on Linux, FreeBSD and
Windows using SSDs. It's less clear how this affects the performance of
cloud providers. Tests done so far are unable to obtain stable enough
performance to provide meaningful benchmark results. It is possible that
this could cause some performance regressions on more obscure filesystems,
so we may need to later provide users with some ability to get something
closer to the old behavior. For now, let's leave that until we see that
it's really required.
Author: Thomas Munro, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Ranier Vilela, Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Robert Haas
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kirk Jamison
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ_EErDv41YycXcbMbCBkztA34+z1ts9VQH+ACRuvpxig@mail.gmail.com
When wal_level=logical, write invalidations at command end into WAL so
that decoding can use this information.
This patch is required to allow the streaming of in-progress transactions
in logical decoding. The actual work to allow streaming will be committed
as a separate patch.
We still add the invalidations to the cache and write them to WAL at
commit time in RecordTransactionCommit(). This uses the existing
XLOG_INVALIDATIONS xlog record type, from the RM_STANDBY_ID resource
manager (see LogStandbyInvalidations for details).
So existing code relying on those invalidations (e.g. redo) does not need
to be changed.
The invalidations written at command end uses a new xlog record type
XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS, from RM_XACT_ID resource manager. See
LogLogicalInvalidations for details.
These new xlog records are ignored by existing redo procedures, which
still rely on the invalidations written to commit records.
The invalidations are decoded and accumulated in top-transaction, and then
executed during replay. This obviates the need to decode the
invalidations as part of a commit record.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Holding just a buffer pin (with no buffer lock) on an nbtree buffer/page
provides very weak guarantees, especially compared to heapam, where it's
often safe to read a page while only holding a buffer pin. This commit
has Valgrind enforce the following rule: it is never okay to access an
nbtree buffer without holding both a pin and a lock on the buffer.
A draft version of this patch detected questionable code that was
cleaned up by commits fa7ff642 and 7154aa16. The code in question used
to access an nbtree buffer page's special/opaque area with no buffer
lock (only a buffer pin). This practice (which isn't obviously unsafe)
is hereby formally disallowed in nbtree. There doesn't seem to be any
reason to allow it, and banning it keeps things simple for Valgrind.
The new checks are implemented by adding custom nbtree client requests
(located in LockBuffer() wrapper functions); these requests are
"superimposed" on top of the generic bufmgr.c Valgrind client requests
added by commit 1e0dfd16. No custom resource management cleanup code is
needed to undo the effects of marking buffers as non-accessible under
this scheme.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova, Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkLgyN3zBvRZ1pkNJThC=xi_0gpWRUb_45eexLH1+k2_Q@mail.gmail.com
max_slot_wal_keep_size that was added in v13 and wal_keep_segments are
the GUC parameters to specify how much WAL files to retain for
the standby servers. While max_slot_wal_keep_size accepts the number of
bytes of WAL files, wal_keep_segments accepts the number of WAL files.
This difference of setting units between those similar parameters could
be confusing to users.
To alleviate this situation, this commit renames wal_keep_segments to
wal_keep_size, and make users specify the WAL size in it instead of
the number of WAL files.
There was also the idea to rename max_slot_wal_keep_size to
max_slot_wal_keep_segments, in the discussion. But we have been moving
away from measuring in segments, for example, checkpoint_segments was
replaced by max_wal_size. So we concluded to rename wal_keep_segments
to wal_keep_size.
Back-patch to v13 where max_slot_wal_keep_size was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/574b4ea3-e0f9-b175-ead2-ebea7faea855@oss.nttdata.com
The logical decoding infrastructure needs to know which top-level
transaction the subxact belongs to, in order to decode all the
changes. Until now that might be delayed until commit, due to the
caching (GPROC_MAX_CACHED_SUBXIDS), preventing features requiring
incremental decoding.
So we also write the assignment info into WAL immediately, as part
of the next WAL record (to minimize overhead) only when wal_level=logical.
We can not remove the existing XLOG_XACT_ASSIGNMENT WAL as that is
required for avoiding overflow in the hot standby snapshot.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLR_BLOCK_ID_TOPLEVEL_XID.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Valgrind builds with assertions enabled sometimes perform a
theoretically unsafe page access inside an assertion in
heapam_tuple_lock(). This happened when the eval-plan-qual isolation
test ran one of the permutations added by commit a2418f9e23.
Avoid complaints from Valgrind by moving the assertion ever so slightly.
This is minor cleanup for commit 1e0dfd16, which added Valgrind buffer
access instrumentation.
No backpatch, since this only happens within an assertion, and seems
very unlikely to cause any real problems even with assert-enabled
builds.
There is no advantage to attempting deduplication for a unique index
during CREATE INDEX, since there cannot possibly be any duplicates.
Doing so wastes cycles due to unnecessary copying. Make sure that we
avoid it consistently.
We already avoided unique index deduplication in the case where there
were some spool2 tuples to merge. That didn't account for the fact that
spool2 is removed early/unset in the common case where it has no tuples
that need to be merged (i.e. it failed to account for the "spool2 turns
out to be unnecessary" optimization in _bt_spools_heapscan()).
Oversight in commit 0d861bbb, which added nbtree deduplication
Backpatch: 13-, where nbtree deduplication was introduced.
Incorrect function names were referenced. As this fixes some portions
of tableam.h, that is mentioned in the docs as something to look at when
implementing a table AM, backpatch down to 12 where this has been
introduced.
Author: Hironobu Suzuki
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8fe6d672-28dd-3f1d-7aed-ac2f6d599d3f@interdb.jp
Backpatch-through: 12
Remove previous hack in KeepLogSeg that added a case to deal with a
(badly represented) invalid segment number. This was added for the sake
of GetWALAvailability. But it's not needed if in that function we
initialize the segment number to be retreated to the currently being
written segment, so do that instead.
Per valgrind-running buildfarm member skink, and some sparc64 animals.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1724648.1594230917@sss.pgh.pa.us
This includes two changes:
- Addition of a new function pg_xact_commit_timestamp_origin() able, for
a given transaction ID, to return the commit timestamp and replication
origin of this transaction. An equivalent function existed in
pglogical.
- Addition of the replication origin to pg_last_committed_xact().
The commit timestamp manager includes already APIs able to return the
replication origin of a transaction on top of its commit timestamp, but
the code paths for replication origins were never stressed as those
functions have never looked for a replication origin, and the SQL
functions available have never included this information since their
introduction in 73c986a.
While on it, refactor a test of modules/commit_ts/ to use tstzrange() to
check that a transaction timestamp is within the wanted range, making
the test a bit easier to read.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Movead Li
Reviewed-by: Madan Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2020051116430836450630@highgo.ca
This message was being emitted on the grounds that only crashed
summarization could cause it, but in reality even an aborted vacuum
could do it ... which makes it way too noisy, particularly since it
shows up in regression tests and makes them die.
Reported by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/489091.1593534251@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since slot_keep_segs indicates the number of WAL segments not LSN,
its datatype should not be XLogRecPtr.
Back-patch to v13 where this issue was added.
Reported-by: Atsushi Torikoshi
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, tweaked by Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ebd0d674f3e050222238a960cac5251a@oss.nttdata.com
The previous definition of the column was almost universally disliked,
so provide this updated definition which is more useful for monitoring
purposes: a large positive value is good, while zero or a negative value
means danger. This should be operationally more convenient.
Backpatch to 13, where the new column to pg_replication_slots (and the
feature it represents) were added.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ddfbf8c-2f67-904d-44ed-cf8bc5916228@oss.nttdata.com
nbtree index builds cannot write out an empty page. That would mean
that there was no way to create a pivot tuple pointing to the page one
level up, since _bt_truncate() generates one based on page's firstright
tuple.
Replace the unnecessary PageIsEmpty() check with an assertion that
checks that the page has space for at least two line pointers (the
would-be high key line pointer, plus at least one valid "data item"
tuple line pointer).
The PageIsEmpty() check was added by commit 5d9f146c over 20 years ago.
It looks like it has always been unnecessary.
Make some of the variable names in _bt_search() consistent with
corresponding variables within _bt_getstackbuf(). This naming scheme is
clearer because the variable names always express a relationship between
the currently locked buffer/page and some other page.
Use separate functions to save and restore error context information as
that made code easier to understand. Also, make it clear that the index
information required for error context is sane.
Author: Andres Freund, Justin Pryzby, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 13, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LWo+v1OWu=Sky27GTGSCuOmr7iaURNbc5xz6jO+SaPeA@mail.gmail.com
Commit 0d861bbb, which added deduplication to nbtree, had
_bt_check_unique() pass a TID to table_index_fetch_tuple_check() that
isn't safe to mutate. table_index_fetch_tuple_check()'s tid argument is
modified when the TID in question is not the latest visible tuple in a
hot chain, though this wasn't documented.
To fix, go back to using a local copy of the TID in _bt_check_unique(),
and update comments above table_index_fetch_tuple_check().
Backpatch: 13-, where B-Tree deduplication was introduced.
In pg_replication_slot, change output from normal/reserved/lost to
reserved/extended/unreserved/ lost, which better expresses the possible
states particularly near the time where segments are no longer safe but
checkpoint has not run yet.
Under the new definition, reserved means the slot is consuming WAL
that's still under the normal WAL size constraints; extended means it's
consuming WAL that's being protected by wal_keep_segments or the slot
itself, whose size is below max_slot_wal_keep_size; unreserved means the
WAL is no longer safe, but checkpoint has not yet removed those files.
Such as slot is in imminent danger, but can still continue for a little
while and may catch up to the reserved WAL space.
Also, there were some bugs in the calculations used to report the
status; fixed those.
Backpatch to 13.
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200616.120236.1809496990963386593.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
The current definition is dangerous. No bugs exist in our code at
present, but backpatch to 11 nonetheless where it was introduced.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
spg_mask() didn't take into account that pd_lower equal to SizeOfPageHeaderData
is still valid value. This commit fixes that. Backpatch to 11, where
spg_mask() pg_lower check was introduced.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200615131405.GM52676%40paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
The function has been reading global variable forceSyncCommit, mirroring
the intent of the caller that passed forceSync=forceSyncCommit. The
other caller, RecordTransactionCommitPrepared(), passed false. Since
COMMIT PREPARED can't share a transaction with any command, it certainly
doesn't share a transaction with a command that sets forceSyncCommit.
Reviewed by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200617032615.GC2916904@rfd.leadboat.com
It was possible for deduplication's single value strategy to mistakenly
believe that a very small duplicate tuple counts as one of the six large
tuples that it aims to leave behind after the page finally splits. This
could cause slightly suboptimal space utilization with very low
cardinality indexes, though only under fairly narrow conditions.
To fix, be particular about what kind of tuple counts as a
maxpostingsize-capped tuple. This avoids confusion in the event of a
small tuple that gets "wedged" between two large tuples, where all
tuples on the page are duplicates of the same value.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=Y+sgSFc-O3LpiZX-POx2bC+okec2KafERHuzdVa7-rQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where deduplication was introduced (by commit 0d861bbb)
Commit 72d422a522 made xlog.c call
sendTablespace() with the 'sizeonly' argument set to true, which
required basebackup.c to export sendTablespace(). However, that's
kind of ugly, so instead defer the call to sendTablespace() until
basebackup.c regains control. That way, it can still be a static
function.
Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila and Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYq+59SJ2zBbP891ngWPA9fymOqntqYcweSDYXS2a620A@mail.gmail.com
Convert buffile.c error handling to use ereport. This fixes cases where
I/O errors were indistinguishable from EOF or not reported. Also remove
"%m" from error messages where errno would be bogus. While we're
modifying those strings, add block numbers and short read byte counts
where appropriate.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reported-by: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJE04G%3D8TLK0DLypT_27D9dR8F1RQgNp0jK6qR0tZGWOw%40mail.gmail.com
Core by no means makes excessive use of these functions, but quite a large
number of those usages do require the caller to call strlen() on the
returned string. This is quite wasteful since these functions do already
have a good idea of the length of the string, so we might as well just
have them return that.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrm2A5x2uHYxsqriO2cUaGcFvND%2BksC9e7Tjep0t2RK_A%40mail.gmail.com
Rewrite the documentation of these functions, in light of recent bug fix
commit 5940ffb2.
Back-patch to 13 where the check-for-conflict-out code was split up into
AM-specific and generic parts, and new documentation was added that now
looked wrong.
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db7b729d-0226-d162-a126-8a8ab2dc4443%40jepsen.io
SSI's HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut() test failed to correctly
handle conditions involving a concurrently inserted tuple which is later
concurrently updated by a separate transaction . A SELECT statement
that called HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut() could end up using the
same XID (updater's XID) for both the original tuple, and the successor
tuple, missing the XID of the xact that created the original tuple
entirely. This only happened when neither tuple from the chain was
visible to the transaction's MVCC snapshot.
The observable symptoms of this bug were subtle. A pair of transactions
could commit, with the later transaction failing to observe the effects
of the earlier transaction (because of the confusion created by the
update to the non-visible row). This bug dates all the way back to
commit dafaa3ef, which added SSI.
To fix, make sure that we check the xmin of concurrently inserted tuples
that happen to also have been updated concurrently.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reported-By: Kyle Kingsbury
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db7b729d-0226-d162-a126-8a8ab2dc4443@jepsen.io
Backpatch: All supported versions
The redo routines for XLOG_CHECKPOINT_{ONLINE,SHUTDOWN} must acquire
ControlFileLock before modifying ControlFile->checkPointCopy, or the
checkpointer could write out a control file with a bad checksum.
Likewise, XLogReportParameters() must acquire ControlFileLock before
modifying ControlFile and calling UpdateControlFile().
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Author: Nathan Bossart <bossartn@amazon.com>
Author: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/70BF24D6-DC51-443F-B55A-95735803842A%40amazon.com
Since database connections can be used with WAL senders in 9.4, it is
possible to use physical replication. This commit fixes a crash when
starting physical replication with a WAL sender using a database
connection, caused by the refactoring done in 850196b.
There have been discussions about forbidding the use of physical
replication in a database connection, but this is left for later,
taking care only of the crash new to 13.
While on it, add a test to check for a failure when attempting logical
replication if the WAL sender does not have a database connection. This
part is extracted from a larger patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Reported-by: Vladimir Sitnikov
Author: Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-GOWMj1PTPkeUhjqQp-4W3=nW-pXe2Hjax6rJFffB5_Aw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
Commit 624686abcf added an assertion that verified that _bt_search
successfully relocated the leaf page undergoing deletion. Page deletion
cannot deal with the case where the descent stack is to the right of the
page, so this seemed critical (deletion can only handle the case where
the descent stack is to the left of the leaf/target page). However, the
assertion went a bit too far.
Since only a buffer pin is held on the leaf page throughout the call to
_bt_search, nothing guarantees that it can't have split during this
small window. And if does actually split, _bt_search may end up
"relocating" a page to the right of the original target leaf page. This
scenario seems extremely unlikely, but it must still be considered.
Remove the assertion, and document how we cope in this scenario.
Synchronize the event names for parallel hash join waits with other
event names, by getting rid of the slashes and dropping "-ing"
suffixes. Rename ClogGroupUpdate to XactGroupUpdate, to match the
new SLRU name. Move the ProcSignalBarrier event to the IPC category;
it doesn't belong under IO.
Also a bit more wordsmithing in the wait event documentation tables.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4505.1589640417@sss.pgh.pa.us
Choose names that fit into the conventions for wait event names
(particularly, that multi-word names are in the style MultiWordName)
and hopefully convey more information to non-hacker users than the
previous names did.
Also rename SerializablePredicateLockListLock to
SerializablePredicateListLock; the old name was long enough to cause
table formatting problems, plus the double occurrence of "Lock" seems
confusing/error-prone.
Also change a couple of particularly opaque LWLock field names.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
_bt_killitems marks btree items dead when a scan leaves the page where
they live, but it does so with only share lock (to improve concurrency).
This was historicall okay, since killing a dead item has no
consequences. However, with the advent of data checksums and
wal_log_hints, this action incurs a WAL full-page-image record of the
page. Multiple concurrent processes would write the same page several
times, leading to WAL bloat. The probability of this happening can be
reduced by only killing items if they're not already dead, so change the
code to do that.
The problem could eliminated completely by having _bt_killitems upgrade
to exclusive lock upon seeing a killable item, but that would reduce
concurrency so it's considered a cure worse than the disease.
Backpatch all the way back to 9.5, since wal_log_hints was introduced in
9.4.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6PeRj2CkzapWNrERkja5G0-6D-YQiKfbukJV+qZGFZ_Q@mail.gmail.com
Originally, the names assigned to SLRUs had no purpose other than
being shmem lookup keys, so not a lot of thought went into them.
As of v13, though, we're exposing them in the pg_stat_slru view and
the pg_stat_reset_slru function, so it seems advisable to take a bit
more care. Rename them to names based on the associated on-disk
storage directories (which fortunately we *did* think about, to some
extent; since those are also visible to DBAs, consistency seems like
a good thing). Also rename the associated LWLocks, since those names
are likewise user-exposed now as wait event names.
For the most part I only touched symbols used in the respective modules'
SimpleLruInit() calls, not the names of other related objects. This
renaming could have been taken further, and maybe someday we will do so.
But for now it seems undesirable to change the names of any globally
visible functions or structs, so some inconsistency is unavoidable.
(But I *did* terminate "oldserxid" with prejudice, as I found that
name both unreadable and not descriptive of the SLRU's contents.)
Table 27.12 needs re-alphabetization now, but I'll leave that till
after the other LWLock renamings I have in mind.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Includes some manual cleanup of places that pgindent messed up,
most of which weren't per project style anyway.
Notably, it seems some people didn't absorb the style rules of
commit c9d297751, because there were a bunch of new occurrences
of function calls with a newline just after the left paren, all
with faulty expectations about how the rest of the call would get
indented.
There is little point in using the LWLockRegisterTranche mechanism for
built-in tranche names. It wastes cycles, it creates opportunities for
bugs (since failing to register a tranche name is a very hard-to-detect
problem), and the lack of any centralized list of names encourages
sloppy nonconformity in name choices. Moreover, since we have a
centralized list of the tranches anyway in enum BuiltinTrancheIds, we're
certainly not buying any flexibility in return for these disadvantages.
Hence, nuke all the backend-internal LWLockRegisterTranche calls,
and instead provide a const array of the builtin tranche names.
(I have in mind to change a bunch of these names shortly, but this
patch is just about getting them into one place.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9056.1589419765@sss.pgh.pa.us
The additional pain from level 4 is excessive for the gain.
Also revert all the source annotation changes to their original
wordings, to avoid back-patching pain.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31166.1589378554@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of re-identifying which statistics bucket to use for a given
SLRU on every counter increment, do it once during shmem initialization.
This saves a fair number of cycles, and there's no real cost because
we could not have a bucket assignment that varies over time or across
backends anyway.
Also, get rid of the ill-considered decision to let pgstat.c pry
directly into SLRU's shared state; it's cleaner just to have slru.c
pass the stats bucket number.
In consequence of these changes, there's no longer any need to store
an SLRU's LWLock tranche info in shared memory, so get rid of that,
making this a net reduction in shmem consumption. (That partly
reverts fe702a7b3.)
This is basically code review for 28cac71bd, so I also cleaned up
some comments, removed a dangling extern declaration, fixed some
things that should be static and/or const, etc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3618.1589313035@sss.pgh.pa.us
* Have both physical and logical walsender share a 'xlogreader' state
struct for tracking state. This replaces the existing globals sendSeg
and sendCxt.
* Change WALRead not to receive XLogReaderState->seg and ->segcxt as
separate arguments anymore; just use the ones from 'state'. This is
made possible by the above change.
* have the XLogReader segment_open contract require the callbacks to
install the file descriptor in the state struct themselves instead of
returning it. xlogreader was already ignoring any possible failed
return from the callbacks, relying solely on them never returning.
(This point is not altogether excellent, as it means the callbacks
have to know more of XLogReaderState; but to really improve on that
we would have to pass back error info from the callbacks to
xlogreader. And the complexity would not be saved but instead just
transferred to the callers of WALRead, which would have to learn how
to throw errors from the open_segment callback in addition of, as
currently, from pg_pread.)
* segment_open no longer receives the 'segcxt' as a separate argument,
since it's part of the XLogReaderState argument.
Per comments from Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200511203336.GA9913@alvherre.pgsql
Use it at level 4, a bit more restrictive than the default level, and
tweak our commanding comments to FALLTHROUGH.
(However, leave zic.c alone, since it's external code; to avoid the
warnings that would appear there, change CFLAGS for that file in the
Makefile.)
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200412081825.qyo5vwwco3fv4gdo@nol
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/E1fDenm-0000C8-IJ@gemulon.postgresql.org
The existing callers of XLogReadDetermineTimeline() performing recovery
need to check a replay LSN position when determining on which timeline
to read a WAL page. A portion of the comment describing this function
said exactly that, while referring to a routine for fetching a write
LSN, something not available in recovery.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200511.101619.2043820539323292957.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Restructure the function that locates the root of the to-be-deleted
subtree during nbtree page deletion. Handle the conditions that make
page deletion unsafe in a slightly more uniform way, and acknowledge the
fact that the behavior with incomplete splits on internal pages is
different (as pointed out in the nbtree README as of commit 35bc0ec7).
Also invent new terminology that avoids ambiguity around which pages are
about to be deleted. Consistently use the term "to-be-deleted subtree",
not the ambiguous term "branch".
We were calling the subtree parent page the "top parent page", but that
was quite misleading. The top parent page usually refers to a page
unlinked from its siblings and marked deleted (during the second stage
of page deletion). There was one kind of top parent page that we merely
removed a downlink from, and another kind of top parent page that we
actually marked deleted. Eliminate the ambiguity by inventing a new
term ("subtree parent page") that refers to the former kind of page
only.
Code review for 0dc8ead463, prompted by a bug closed by 91c40548d5.
XLogReader's system for opening and closing segments had gotten too
complicated, with callbacks being passed at both the XLogReaderAllocate
level (read_page) as well as at the WALRead level (segment_open). This
was confusing and hard to follow, so restructure things so that these
callbacks are passed together at XLogReaderAllocate time, and add
another callback to the set (segment_close) to make it a coherent whole.
Also, ensure XLogReaderState is an argument to all the callbacks, so
that they can grab at the ->private data if necessary.
Document the whole arrangement more clearly.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200422175754.GA19858@alvherre.pgsql
TimelineHistoryRead and TimelineHistoryWrite wait events are reported
during waiting for a read and write of a timeline history file, respectively.
However, previously, TimelineHistoryRead wait event was not reported
while readTimeLineHistory() was reading a timeline history file. Also
TimelineHistoryWrite was not reported while writeTimeLineHistory() was
writing one line with the details of the timeline split, at the end.
This commit fixes these issues.
Back-patch to v10 where wait events for a timeline history file was added.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d11b0c910b63684424e06772eb844ab5@oss.nttdata.com
Factor out code common to _bt_lock_branch_parent() and _bt_pagedel()
into a new utility function. This new function is used to check that
the left sibling of a deletion target page does not have the
INCOMPLETE_SPLIT page flag set. If it is set then deletion is unsafe;
there won't be a usable pivot tuple (with a downlink) in the parent page
that points to the deletion target page. The page deletion algorithm is
not prepared to deal with that. Also restructure an existing, related
utility function that checks if the right sibling of the target page has
the ISHALFDEAD page flag set.
This organization highlights the symmetry between the two cases. The
goal is to make the design of page deletion clearer. Both functions
involve a sibling page with a flag that indicates that there was an
interrupted operation (a page split or a page deletion) that resulted in
a page pointed to by sibling pages, but not pointed to in the parent.
And, both functions indicate if page deletion is unsafe due to the
absence of a particular downlink in the parent page.
In commit 33e05f89c5, we have added the option to display WAL usage
statistics in Explain and auto_explain. The display format used two spaces
between each field which is inconsistent with Buffer usage statistics which
is using one space between each field. Change the format to make WAL usage
statistics consistent with Buffer usage statistics.
This commit also changed the usage of "full page writes" to
"full page images" for WAL usage statistics to make it consistent with
other parts of code and docs.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Kyotaro Horiguchi and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
Remove one of the arguments to btvacuumpage(), and give up on the idea
that it's a recursive function. We now use the term "backtracking" to
refer to the case where an earlier block must be visited to make sure no
tuples that need to be removed were missed.
Advertising btvacuumpage() as a recursive function was unhelpful. In
reality the function always simulates recursion with a loop (it doesn't
actually call itself). This wasn't just necessary as a precaution (per
the comments mentioning tail recursion), though. There is no reliable
natural limit on the number of times we can backtrack.
There are important behavioral difference when "recursing"/backtracking,
mostly related to page deletion. We don't perform page deletion when
backtracking due to the extra complexity. And when we recurse, we're
not performing a physical order scan anymore, so we expect fairly
different conditions to hold for the page. Structuring the code like
this makes it clearer how _bt_pagedel() cooperates with btvacuumpage()
and btvacuumscan() (as established in commit b0229f26 and commit
73a076b0).
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmRGMDWiLMcb+zagG9652PboNN4Gfcq1Gc_wJL6A716MA@mail.gmail.com
On further reflection, code comments added by commit b0229f26 slightly
misrepresented how we determine the oldest bpto.xact for the index.
btvacuumpage() does not treat the bpto.xact of a page that it put in the
FSM as a candidate to be the oldest deleted page (the delete-marked page
that has the oldest bpto.xact XID among all pages encountered).
The definition of a deleted page for the purposes of the bpto.xact
calculation is different from the definition used by the bulk delete
statistics. The bulk delete statistics don't distinguish between pages
that were deleted by the current VACUUM, pages deleted by a previous
VACUUM operation but not yet recyclable/reusable, and pages that are
reusable (though reusable pages are counted separately).
Backpatch: 11-, just like commit b0229f26.
The logic for determining how many nbtree pages in an index are deleted
pages sometimes undercounted pages. Pages that were deleted by the
current VACUUM operation (as opposed to some previous VACUUM operation
whose deleted pages have yet to be reused) were sometimes overlooked.
The final count is exposed to users through VACUUM VERBOSE's "%u index
pages have been deleted" output.
btvacuumpage() avoided double-counting when _bt_pagedel() deleted more
than one page by assuming that only one page was deleted, and that the
additional deleted pages would get picked up during a future call to
btvacuumpage() by the same VACUUM operation. _bt_pagedel() can
legitimately delete pages that the btvacuumscan() scan will not visit
again, though, so that assumption was slightly faulty.
Fix the accounting by teaching _bt_pagedel() about its caller's
requirements. It now only reports on pages that it knows btvacuumscan()
won't visit again (including the current btvacuumpage() page), so
everything works out in the end.
This bug has been around forever. Only backpatch to v11, though, to
keep _bt_pagedel() is sync on the branches that have today's bugfix
commit b0229f26da. Note that this commit changes the signature of
_bt_pagedel(), just like commit b0229f26da.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkrXBcMQWAYUJMFTTvzx_r4q=pYSjDe07JnUXhe+OZnJA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
Commit 857f9c36cd (which taught nbtree VACUUM to skip a scan of the
index from btcleanup in situations where it doesn't seem worth it) made
VACUUM maintain the oldest btpo.xact among all deleted pages for the
index as a whole. It failed to handle all the details surrounding pages
that are deleted by the current VACUUM operation correctly (though pages
deleted by some previous VACUUM operation were processed correctly).
The most immediate problem was that the special area of the page was
examined without a buffer pin at one point. More fundamentally, the
handling failed to account for the full range of _bt_pagedel()
behaviors. For example, _bt_pagedel() sometimes deletes internal pages
in passing, as part of deleting an entire subtree with btvacuumpage()
caller's page as the leaf level page. The original leaf page passed to
_bt_pagedel() might not be the page that it deletes first in cases where
deletion can take place.
It's unclear how disruptive this bug may have been, or what symptoms
users might want to look out for. The issue was spotted during
unrelated code review.
To fix, push down the logic for maintaining the oldest btpo.xact to
_bt_pagedel(). btvacuumpage() is now responsible for pages that were
fully deleted by a previous VACUUM operation, while _bt_pagedel() is now
responsible for pages that were deleted by the current VACUUM operation
(this includes half-dead pages from a previous interrupted VACUUM
operation that become fully deleted in _bt_pagedel()). Note that
_bt_pagedel() should never encounter an existing deleted page.
This commit theoretically breaks the ABI of a stable release by changing
the signature of _bt_pagedel(). However, if any third party extension
is actually affected by this, then it must already be completely broken
(since there are numerous assumptions made in _bt_pagedel() that cannot
be met outside of VACUUM). It seems highly unlikely that such an
extension actually exists, in any case.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkrXBcMQWAYUJMFTTvzx_r4q=pYSjDe07JnUXhe+OZnJA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-, where the "skip full scan" feature was introduced.
Avoid accessing the leaf page's top parent tuple without a buffer lock
held during the second phase of nbtree page deletion. The old approach
was safe, though only because VACUUM never drops its buffer pin (and
because only VACUUM itself can modify a half-dead page). Even still, it
seems like a good idea to be strict here. Tighten things up by copying
the top parent page's block number to a local variable before releasing
the buffer lock on the leaf page -- not after.
This is a follow-up to commit fa7ff642, which fixed a similar issue in
the first phase of nbtree page deletion.
Update some related comments in passing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkLgyN3zBvRZ1pkNJThC=xi_0gpWRUb_45eexLH1+k2_Q@mail.gmail.com
Avoid accessing the deletion target page's special area during nbtree
page deletion at a point where there is no buffer lock held. This issue
was detected by a patch that extends Valgrind's memcheck tool to mark
nbtree pages that are unsafe to access (due to not having a buffer lock
or buffer pin) as NOACCESS.
We do hold a buffer pin at this point, and only access the special area,
so the old approach was safe. Even still, it seems like a good idea to
tighten up the rules in this area. There is no reason to not simply
insist on always holding a buffer lock (not just a pin) when accessing
nbtree pages.
Update some related comments in passing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkLgyN3zBvRZ1pkNJThC=xi_0gpWRUb_45eexLH1+k2_Q@mail.gmail.com
78ea8b5 has fixed an issue related to the recycling of WAL segments on
standbys depending on archive_mode. However, it has introduced a
regression with the handling of WAL segments ready to be archived during
crash recovery, causing those files to be recycled without getting
archived.
This commit fixes the regression by tracking in shared memory if a live
cluster is either in crash recovery or archive recovery as the handling
of WAL segments ready to be archived is different in both cases (those
WAL segments should not be removed during crash recovery), and by using
this new shared memory state to decide if a segment can be recycled or
not. Previously, it was not possible to know if a cluster was in crash
recovery or archive recovery as the shared state was able to track only
if recovery was happening or not, leading to the problem.
A set of TAP tests is added to close the gap here, making sure that WAL
segments ready to be archived are correctly handled when a cluster is in
archive or crash recovery with archive_mode set to "on" or "always", for
both standby and primary.
Reported-by: Benoît Lobréau
Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200331172229.40ee00dc@firost
Backpatch-through: 9.5
index.c supposed that it could just use a PG_TRY block to clean up the
state associated with an active REINDEX operation. However, that code
doesn't run if we do a FATAL exit --- for example, due to a SIGTERM
shutdown signal --- while the REINDEX is happening. And that state does
get consulted during catalog accesses, which makes it problematic if we
do any catalog accesses during shutdown --- for example, to clean up any
temp tables created in the session.
If this combination of circumstances occurred, we could find ourselves
trying to access already-freed memory. In debug builds that'd fairly
reliably cause an assertion failure. In production we might often
get away with it, but with some bad luck it could cause a core dump.
Another possible bad outcome is an erroneous conclusion that an
index-to-be-accessed is being reindexed; but it looks like that would
be unlikely to have any consequences worse than failing to drop temp
tables right away. (They'd still get dropped by the next session that
uses that temp schema.)
To fix, get rid of the use of PG_TRY here, and instead hook into
the transaction abort mechanisms to clean up reindex state.
Per bug #16378 from Alexander Lakhin. This has been wrong for a
very long time, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16378-7a70ca41b3ec2009@postgresql.org
Commit 0d861bbb, which introduced deduplication to nbtree, added some
logic to take large posting list tuples into account when choosing a
split point. We subtract firstright posting list overhead from the
projected new high key size when calculating leftfree/rightfree values
for an affected candidate split point. Posting list tuples aren't
special to nbtsplitloc.c, but taking them into account like this makes a
huge difference in practice. Posting list tuples are frequently tuple
size outliers.
However, commit 0d861bbb missed a closely related issue: split interval
itself is calculated based on the assumption that tuples on the page
being split are roughly equisized. That assumption was acceptable back
when commit fab25024 taught the logic for choosing a split point about
suffix truncation, but it's pretty questionable now that very large
tuple sizes are common. This oversight led to unbalanced page splits in
low cardinality multi-column indexes when deduplication was used: page
splits that don't give sufficient weight to how unbalanced the split is
when the interval happens to include some large posting list tuples (and
when most other tuples on the page are not so large).
Nail this down by calculating an initial split interval in a way that's
attuned to the actual cost that we want to keep under control (not a
fuzzy proxy for the cost): apply a leftfree + rightfree evenness test to
each candidate split point that actually gets included in the split
interval (for the default strategy). This replaces logic that used a
percentage of all legal split points for the page as the basis of the
initial split interval.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznJt5aT2uUB2Bs+JBLdwe0XTX67+xeLFcaNvCKxO=QBVQ@mail.gmail.com
A comment from the Berkeley days incorrectly claimed that the page
management code cares about the contents of the hole in the center of
the page (at least in the case of the left half of an nbtree page
split). Commit 8fa30f906b added an addendum that stated that the
original comment was "probably obsolete". It's definitely obsolete,
though, so remove the original comment plus the addendum.
Nest the "update metapage as part of insert into root-like page" branch
inside the broader "insert into internal page" branch. This improves
readability.
Clearly it's not okay for nbtree to split a page that is the only page
on its level, and then find that it has to split the parent one level up
in turn. There is simply no code to handle the split_only_page case in
the _bt_insertonpg() "newitem won't fit" branch (only the "newitem fits"
branch handles split_only_page). Add a defensive assertion that will
fail if a split_only_page call to _bt_insertonpg() somehow ends up
splitting the target/parent page.
I (pgeoghegan) believe that we don't need split_only_page handling for
the "newitem won't fit" branch because anybody calling _bt_insertonpg()
like this would have to hold a lock on the same one and only child page.
It seems like a good idea for nbtree's retail insert code to be
absolutely consistent with nbtree's page split code for anything that
naturally requires equivalent handling. Anything that concerns
inserting newitem (which is handled as part of the page split atomic
action when a page split is required) should work in exactly the same
way. With that in mind, make _bt_insertonpg() handle 'cbuf' in a way
that matches _bt_split().
An nbtree split point can be thought of as a point between two adjoining
tuples from an imaginary version of the page being split that includes
the incoming/new item (in addition to the items that really are on the
page). These adjoining tuples are called the lastleft and firstright
tuples.
The variables that represent split points contained a field called
firstright, which is an offset number of the first data item from the
original page that goes on the new right page. The corresponding tuple
from origpage was usually the same thing as the actual firstright tuple,
but not always: the firstright tuple is sometimes the new/incoming item
instead. This situation seems unnecessarily confusing.
Make things clearer by renaming the origpage offset returned by
_bt_findsplitloc() to "firstrightoff". We now have a firstright tuple
and a firstrightoff offset number which are comparable to the
newitem/lastleft tuples and the newitemoff/lastleftoff offset numbers
respectively. Also make sure that we are consistent about how we
describe nbtree page split point state.
Push the responsibility for dealing with pg_upgrade'd !heapkeyspace
indexes down to lower level code, relieving _bt_split() from dealing
with it directly. This means that we always have a palloc'd left page
high key on the leaf level, no matter what. This enables simplifying
some of the code (and code comments) within _bt_split().
Finally, restructure the page split code to make it clearer why suffix
truncation (which only takes place during leaf page splits) is
completely different to the first data item truncation that takes place
during internal page splits. Tuples are marked as having fewer
attributes stored in both cases, and the firstright tuple is truncated
in both cases, so it's easy to imagine somebody missing the distinction.
Currently, we don't account for buffer usage incurred by parallel workers
for parallel create index. This commit allows each worker to record the
buffer usage stats and leader backend to accumulate that stats at the
end of the operation. This will allow pg_stat_statements to display
correct buffer usage stats for (parallel) create index command.
Reported-by: Julien Rouhaud
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Julien Rouhaud and Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 11, where this was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200328151721.GB12854@nol
GetWalRcvWriteRecPtr() previously reported the latest *flushed*
location. Adopt the conventional terminology used elsewhere in the tree
by renaming it to GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(), and likewise for some related
variables that used the term "received".
Add a new definition of GetWalRcvWriteRecPtr(), which returns the latest
*written* value. This will allow later patches to use the value for
non-data-integrity purposes, without having to wait for the flush
pointer to advance.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
0f5ca02f53 introduces 3 new keywords. It appears to be too much for relatively
small feature. Given now we past feature freeze, it's already late for
discussion of the new syntax. So, revert.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28209.1586294824%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2nd pass of modifying various places which obtain the next power
of 2 of a number and make them use the new functions added in
f0705bb62.
In passing, also modify num_combinations(). This can be implemented
using simple bitshifting rather than looping.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114173553.GE32763%40fetter.org
First pass of modifying various places that obtain the next power of 2 of
a number and make them use the new functions added in pg_bitutils.h
instead.
This also removes the _hash_log2() function. There are no longer any
callers in core. Other users can swap their _hash_log2(n) call to make use
of pg_ceil_log2_32(n).
Author: David Fetter, with some minor adjustments by me
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Jesse Zhang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114173553.GE32763%40fetter.org
The goal of separating hotly accessed per-backend data from PGPROC
into PGXACT is to make accesses fast (GetSnapshotData() in
particular). But delayChkpt is not actually accessed frequently; only
when starting a checkpoint. As it is frequently modified (multiple
times in the course of a single transaction), storing it in the same
cacheline as hotly accessed data unnecessarily dirties a contended
cacheline.
Therefore move delayChkpt to PGPROC.
This is part of a larger series of patches intending to improve
GetSnapshotData() scalability. It is committed and pushed separately,
as it is independently beneficial (small but measurable win, limited
by the other frequent modifications of PGXACT).
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
SLRU page hits were tracked only in SimpleLruReadPage, but that's not
enough because we may hit the page in SimpleLruReadPage_ReadOnly in
which case we don't call SimpleLruReadPage at all.
Reported-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200119143707.gyinppnigokesjok@development
Before the fix every 2PC commit/abort leaked a file descriptor. As the
files are opened using BasicOpenFile(), that quickly leads to the
backend running out of file descriptors.
Once enough 2PC abort/commit have caused enough FDs to leak, any IO
in the backend will fail with "Too many open files", as
BasicOpenFilePerm() will have triggered all open files known to fd.c
to be closed.
The leak causing the problem at hand is a consequence of 0dc8ead46,
but is only exascerbated by it. Previously most XLogPageReadCB
callbacks used static variables to cache one open file, but after the
commit the cache is private to each XLogReader instance. There never
was infrastructure to close FDs at the time of XLogReaderFree, but the
way XLogReader was used limited the leak to one FD.
This commit just closes the during XLogReaderFree() if the FD is
stored in XLogReaderState.seg.ws_segno. This may not be the way to
solve this medium/long term, but at least unbreaks 2PC.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200406025651.fpzdb5yyb7qyhqko@alap3.anarazel.de
Since heap TID is supposed to be just another key attribute to the
implementation, it doesn't make much sense to have separate
BTreeTupleSetNAtts() and BTreeTupleSetAltHeapTID() functions. Merge the
two functions together. This slightly simplifies _bt_truncate().
Replication slots are useful to retain data that may be needed by a
replication system. But experience has shown that allowing them to
retain excessive data can lead to the primary failing because of running
out of space. This new feature allows the user to configure a maximum
amount of space to be reserved using the new option
max_slot_wal_keep_size. Slots that overrun that space are invalidated
at checkpoint time, enabling the storage to be released.
Author: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI <horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170228.122736.123383594.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
This commit adds following optional clause to BEGIN and START TRANSACTION
commands.
WAIT FOR LSN lsn [ TIMEOUT timeout ]
New clause pospones transaction start till given lsn is applied on standby.
This clause allows user be sure, that changes previously made on primary would
be visible on standby.
New shared memory struct is used to track awaited lsn per backend. Recovery
process wakes up backend once required lsn is applied.
Author: Ivan Kartyshov, Anna Akenteva
Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer, Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Ants Aasma, Dmitry Ivanov, Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0240c26c-9f84-30ea-fca9-93ab2df5f305%40postgrespro.ru
Previously when there were multiple timelines listed in the history file
of the recovery target timeline, archive recovery searched all of them,
starting from the newest timeline to the oldest one, to find the segment
to read. That is, archive recovery had to continuously fail scanning
the segment until it reached the timeline that the segment belonged to.
These scans for non-existent segment could be harmful on the recovery
performance especially when archival area was located on the remote
storage and each scan could take a long time.
To address the issue, this commit changes archive recovery so that
it skips scanning the timeline that the segment to read doesn't belong to.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: David Steele, Pavel Suderevsky, Grigory Smolkin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16159-f5a34a3a04dc67e0@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200129.120222.1476610231001551715.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Similar to xid, but 64 bits wide. This new type is suitable for use in
various system views and administration functions.
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Takao Fujii <btfujiitkp@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai <imai.yoshikazu@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190725000636.666m5mad25wfbrri%40alap3.anarazel.de
An assertion added by commit 0d861bbb checked that _bt_killitems() only
processes a BTScanPosItem whose heap TID is contained in a posting list
tuple when its page offset number still matches what is on the page
(i.e. when it matches the posting list tuple's current offset number).
This was only correct in the common case where the page can't have
changed since we first read it. It was not correct in cases where we
don't drop the buffer pin (and don't need to verify the page hasn't
changed using its LSN). The latter category includes scans involving
unlogged tables, and scans that use a non-MVCC snapshot, per the logic
originally introduced by commit 2ed5b87f.
The assertion still seems helpful. Fix it by taking cases where the
page may have been concurrently modified into account.
Reported-By: Anastasia Lubennikova, Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c4e38e9a-0f9c-8e53-e639-adf343f94472@postgrespro.ru
There's a very low risk that RecentGlobalXmin could be far enough in
the past to be older than relfrozenxid, or even wrapped
around. Luckily the consequences of that having happened wouldn't be
too bad - the page wouldn't be pruned for a while.
Avoid that risk by using TransactionXmin instead. As that's announced
via MyPgXact->xmin, it is protected against wrapping around (see code
comments for details around relfrozenxid).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200328213023.s4eyijhdosuc4vcj@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.5-
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.
To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.
Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN.
Future servers accept older WAL, so this bump is discretionary.
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
This allows gathering the WAL generation statistics for each statement
execution. The three statistics that we collect are the number of WAL
records, the number of full page writes and the amount of WAL bytes
generated.
This helps the users who have write-intensive workload to see the impact
of I/O due to WAL. This further enables us to see approximately what
percentage of overall WAL is due to full page writes.
In the future, we can extend this functionality to allow us to compute the
the exact amount of WAL data due to full page writes.
This patch in itself is just an infrastructure to compute WAL usage data.
The upcoming patches will expose this data via explain, auto_explain,
pg_stat_statements and verbose (auto)vacuum output.
Author: Kirill Bychik, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Fujii Masao and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
A manifest is a JSON document which includes (1) the file name, size,
last modification time, and an optional checksum for each file backed
up, (2) timelines and LSNs for whatever WAL will need to be replayed
to make the backup consistent, and (3) a checksum for the manifest
itself. By default, we use CRC-32C when checksumming data files,
because we are trying to detect corruption and user error, not foil an
adversary. However, pg_basebackup and the server-side BASE_BACKUP
command now have options to select a different algorithm, so users
wanting a cryptographic hash function can select SHA-224, SHA-256,
SHA-384, or SHA-512. Users not wanting file checksums at all can
disable them, or disable generating of the backup manifest altogether.
Using a cryptographic hash function in place of CRC-32C consumes
significantly more CPU cycles, which may slow down backups in some
cases.
A new tool called pg_validatebackup can validate a backup against the
manifest. If no checksums are present, it can still check that the
right files exist and that they have the expected sizes. If checksums
are present, it can also verify that each file has the expected
checksum. Additionally, it calls pg_waldump to verify that the
expected WAL files are present and parseable. Only plain format
backups can be validated directly, but tar format backups can be
validated after extracting them.
Robert Haas, with help, ideas, review, and testing from David Steele,
Stephen Frost, Andrew Dunstan, Rushabh Lathia, Suraj Kharage, Tushar
Ahuja, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Mark Dilger, Davinder Singh, Jeevan
Chalke, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, and Noah Misch.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZV8dw1H2bzZ9xkKwdrk8+XYa+DC9H=F7heO2zna5T6qg@mail.gmail.com
entryGetItem()'s three code paths each contained bugs associated
with filtering the entries for gin_fuzzy_search_limit.
The posting-tree path failed to advance "advancePast" after having
decided to filter an item. If we ran out of items on the current
page and needed to advance to the next, what would actually happen
is that entryLoadMoreItems() would re-load the same page. Eventually,
the random dropItem() test would accept one of the same items it'd
previously rejected, and we'd move on --- but it could take awhile
with small gin_fuzzy_search_limit. To add insult to injury, this
case would inevitably cause entryLoadMoreItems() to decide it needed
to re-descend from the root, making things even slower.
The posting-list path failed to implement gin_fuzzy_search_limit
filtering at all, so that all entries in the posting list would
be returned.
The bitmap-result path used a "gotitem" variable that it failed to
update in the one place where it'd actually make a difference, ie
at the one "continue" statement. I think this was unreachable in
practice, because if we'd looped around then it shouldn't be the
case that the entries on the new page are before advancePast.
Still, the "gotitem" variable was contributing nothing to either
clarity or correctness, so get rid of it.
Refactor all three loops so that the termination conditions are
more alike and less unreadable.
The code coverage report showed that we had no coverage at all for
the re-descend-from-root code path in entryLoadMoreItems(), which
seems like a very bad thing, so add a test case that exercises it.
We also had exactly no coverage for gin_fuzzy_search_limit, so add a
simplistic test case that at least hits those code paths a little bit.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Adé Heyward and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEknJCdS-dE1Heddptm7ay2xTbSeADbkaQ8bU2AXRCVC2LdtKQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 40d964ec99 allowed vacuum command to process indexes in parallel but
forgot to accumulate the buffer usage stats of parallel workers. This
allows leader backend to accumulate buffer usage stats of all the parallel
workers.
Reported-by: Julien Rouhaud
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila and Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200328151721.GB12854@nol
There's a number of SLRU caches used to access important data like clog,
commit timestamps, multixact, asynchronous notifications, etc. Until now
we had no easy way to monitor these shared caches, compute hit ratios,
number of reads/writes etc.
This commit extends the statistics collector to track this information
for a predefined list of SLRUs, and also introduces a new system view
pg_stat_slru displaying the data.
The list of built-in SLRUs is fixed, but additional SLRUs may be defined
in extensions. Unfortunately, there's no suitable registry of SLRUs, so
this patch simply defines a fixed list of SLRUs with entries for the
built-in ones and one entry for all additional SLRUs. Extensions adding
their own SLRU are fairly rare, so this seems acceptable.
This patch only allows monitoring of SLRUs, not tuning. The SLRU sizes
are still fixed (hard-coded in the code) and it's not entirely clear
which of the SLRUs might need a GUC to tune size. In a way, allowing us
to determine that is one of the goals of this patch.
Bump catversion as the patch introduces new functions and system view.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200119143707.gyinppnigokesjok@development
When recovery target is reached and recovery is paused because of
recovery_target_action=pause, executing pg_wal_replay_resume() causes
the standby to promote, i.e., the recovery to end. So, in this case,
the previous message "Execute pg_wal_replay_resume() to continue"
logged was confusing because pg_wal_replay_resume() doesn't cause
the recovery to continue.
This commit improves the message logged when recovery is paused,
and the proper message is output based on what (pg_wal_replay_pause
or recovery_target_action) causes recovery to be paused.
Author: Sergei Kornilov, revised by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19168211580382043@myt5-b646bde4b8f3.qloud-c.yandex.net
The definitions of the routines defined in xlogarchive.c have been part
of xlog_internal.h which is included by several frontend tools, but all
those routines are only called by the backend. More cleanup could be
done within xlog_internal.h, but that's already a nice cut.
This will help a follow-up patch for pg_rewind where handling of
restore_command is added for frontends.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
vacuum code.
After commit b61d161c14, during vacuum, we cache the information of
relation name and relation namespace in local structure LVRelStats so that
we can use it in an error callback function. We can use the cached
information to avoid the calls to RelationGetRelationName(),
RelationGetNamespace() and get_namespace_name(). This is mainly for the
consistent in vacuum code path but it will avoid the extra syscache lookup
we do in get_namespace_name().
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20191120210600.GC30362@telsasoft.com
Commit 7c2dbc69 reorganized _bt_truncate() in a way that enables a
further simplification that I (pgeoghegan) missed: Since we mark the
tuple that is returned to the caller as a pivot tuple before the point
where its heap TID is set as of 7c2dbc69, it is possible to use the high
level BTreeTupleGetHeapTID() inline function to get an item pointer. Do
it that way now. This approach is clearer and more maintainable.
This reverts commit 2aa6e33, that added a fast path to skip
anti-wraparound and non-aggressive autovacuum jobs (these have no sense
as anti-wraparound implies aggressive). With a cluster using a high
amount of relations with a portion of them being heavily updated, this
could cause autovacuum to lock down, with autovacuum workers attempting
repeatedly those jobs on the same relations for the same database, that
just kept being skipped. This lock down can be solved with a manual
VACUUM FREEZE.
Justin King has reported one environment where the issue happened, and
Julien Rouhaud and I have been able to reproduce it in a second
environment. With a very aggressive autovacuum_freeze_max_age,
triggering those jobs with pgbench is a matter of minutes, and hitting
the lock down is a lot harder (my local tests failed to do that).
Note that anti-wraparound and non-aggressive jobs can only be triggered
on a subset of shared catalogs:
- pg_auth_members
- pg_authid
- pg_database
- pg_replication_origin
- pg_shseclabel
- pg_subscription
- pg_tablespace
While the lock down was possible down to v12, the root cause of those
jobs is a much older issue, which needs more analysis.
Bonus thanks to Andres Freund for the discussion.
Reported-by: Justin King
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE39h22zPLrkH17GrkDgAYL3kbjvySYD1io+rtnAUFnaJJVS4g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Simplify _bt_truncate(), the routine that generates truncated leaf page
high keys. Remove a micro-optimization that avoided a second palloc0()
call (this was used when a heap TID was needed in the final pivot tuple,
though only when the index happened to not be an INCLUDE index).
Removing this dubious micro-optimization allows _bt_truncate() to use
the index_truncate_tuple() indextuple.c utility routine in all cases.
This was already the common case.
This commit is a HEAD-only follow up to bugfix commit 4b42a899.
The recheck isn't needed anymore, as RelationGetBufferForTuple() now
extends the relation with RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK. Previously we needed to
handle the fact that relation extension extended the relation and then
separately acquired a lock on the page - while expecting that the page
is empty.
Reported-By: Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQArA_=J0D5T258xsCY6Xtf6wiH4b=QDPDgVS+WZUN10WDw@mail.gmail.com
Early versions of opclass options patch uses zero support procedure as opclass
options procedure. This commit removes rudiments of it, which were committed
in 911e702077. Also, it implements correct handling of amoptsprocnum == 0.
INCLUDE indexes failed to have their non-key attributes physically
truncated away in certain rare cases. This led to physically larger
pivot tuples that contained useless non-key attribute values. The
impact on users should be negligible, but this is still clearly a
regression (Postgres 11 supports INCLUDE indexes, and yet was not
affected).
The bug appeared in commit dd299df8, which introduced "true" suffix
truncation of key attributes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=E8pkV9ivRSFHtv812H5ckf8s1-yhx61_WrJbKccGcrQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-, where "true" suffix truncation was introduced.
PostgreSQL provides set of template index access methods, where opclasses have
much freedom in the semantics of indexing. These index AMs are GiST, GIN,
SP-GiST and BRIN. There opclasses define representation of keys, operations on
them and supported search strategies. So, it's natural that opclasses may be
faced some tradeoffs, which require user-side decision. This commit implements
opclass parameters allowing users to set some values, which tell opclass how to
index the particular dataset.
This commit doesn't introduce new storage in system catalog. Instead it uses
pg_attribute.attoptions, which is used for table column storage options but
unused for index attributes.
In order to evade changing signature of each opclass support function, we
implement unified way to pass options to opclass support functions. Options
are set to fn_expr as the constant bytea expression. It's possible due to the
fact that opclass support functions are executed outside of expressions, so
fn_expr is unused for them.
This commit comes with some examples of opclass options usage. We parametrize
signature length in GiST. That applies to multiple opclasses: tsvector_ops,
gist__intbig_ops, gist_ltree_ops, gist__ltree_ops, gist_trgm_ops and
gist_hstore_ops. Also we parametrize maximum number of integer ranges for
gist__int_ops. However, the main future usage of this feature is expected
to be json, where users would be able to specify which way to index particular
json parts.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d22c3a18-31c7-1879-fc11-4c1ce2f5e5af%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me
Reviwed-by: Nikolay Shaplov, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
When certain parameters are changed on a physical replication primary,
this is communicated to standbys using the XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE WAL
record. The standby then checks whether its own settings are at least
as big as the ones on the primary. If not, the standby shuts down
with a fatal error.
The correspondence of settings between primary and standby is required
because those settings influence certain shared memory sizings that
are required for processing WAL records that the primary might send.
For example, if the primary sends a prepared transaction, the standby
must have had max_prepared_transaction set appropriately or it won't
be able to process those WAL records.
However, fatally shutting down the standby immediately upon receipt of
the parameter change record might be a bit of an overreaction. The
resources related to those settings are not required immediately at
that point, and might never be required if the activity on the primary
does not exhaust all those resources. If we just let the standby roll
on with recovery, it will eventually produce an appropriate error when
those resources are used.
So this patch relaxes this a bit. Upon receipt of
XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE, we still check the settings but only issue a
warning and set a global flag if there is a problem. Then when we
actually hit the resource issue and the flag was set, we issue another
warning message with relevant information. At that point we pause
recovery, so a hot standby remains usable. We also repeat the last
warning message once a minute so it is harder to miss or ignore.
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4ad69a4c-cc9b-0dfe-0352-8b1b0cd36c7b@2ndquadrant.com
The additional information displayed will be block number for error
occurring while processing heap and index name for error occurring
while processing the index.
This will help us in diagnosing the problems that occur during a vacuum.
For ex. due to corruption (either caused by bad hardware or by some bug)
if we get some error while vacuuming, it can help us identify the block
in heap and or additional index information.
It sets up an error context callback to display additional information
with the error. During different phases of vacuum (heap scan, heap
vacuum, index vacuum, index clean up, heap truncate), we update the error
context callback to display appropriate information. We can extend it to
a bit more granular level like adding the phases for FSM operations or for
prefetching the blocks while truncating. However, I felt that it requires
adding many more error callback function calls and can make the code a bit
complex, so left those for now.
Author: Justin Pryzby, with few changes by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20191120210600.GC30362@telsasoft.com
Use IndexRelationGetNumberOfKeyAttributes() rather than
IndexRelationGetNumberOfAttributes() when determining whether or not two
index tuples are suitable for merging together into a single posting
list tuple. This is a little bit tidier. It brings affected code in
nbtdedup.c a little closer to similar, related code in nbtsplitloc.c.
Traditionally autovacuum has only ever invoked a worker based on the
estimated number of dead tuples in a table and for anti-wraparound
purposes. For the latter, with certain classes of tables such as
insert-only tables, anti-wraparound vacuums could be the first vacuum that
the table ever receives. This could often lead to autovacuum workers being
busy for extended periods of time due to having to potentially freeze
every page in the table. This could be particularly bad for very large
tables. New clusters, or recently pg_restored clusters could suffer even
more as many large tables may have the same relfrozenxid, which could
result in large numbers of tables requiring an anti-wraparound vacuum all
at once.
Here we aim to reduce the work required by anti-wraparound and aggressive
vacuums in general, by triggering autovacuum when the table has received
enough INSERTs. This is controlled by adding two new GUCs and reloptions;
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold and
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_scale_factor. These work exactly the same as the
existing scale factor and threshold controls, only base themselves off the
number of inserts since the last vacuum, rather than the number of dead
tuples. New controls were added rather than reusing the existing
controls, to allow these new vacuums to be tuned independently and perhaps
even completely disabled altogether, which can be done by setting
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold to -1.
We make no attempt to skip index cleanup operations on these vacuums as
they may trigger for an insert-mostly table which continually doesn't have
enough dead tuples to trigger an autovacuum for the purpose of removing
those dead tuples. If we were to skip cleaning the indexes in this case,
then it is possible for the index(es) to become bloated over time.
There are additional benefits to triggering autovacuums based on inserts,
as tables which never contain enough dead tuples to trigger an autovacuum
are now more likely to receive a vacuum, which can mark more of the table
as "allvisible" and encourage the query planner to make use of Index Only
Scans.
Currently, we still obey vacuum_freeze_min_age when triggering these new
autovacuums based on INSERTs. For large insert-only tables, it may be
beneficial to lower the table's autovacuum_freeze_min_age so that tuples
are eligible to be frozen sooner. Here we've opted not to zero that for
these types of vacuums, since the table may just be insert-mostly and we
may otherwise freeze tuples that are still destined to be updated or
removed in the near future.
There was some debate to what exactly the new scale factor and threshold
should default to. For now, these are set to 0.2 and 1000, respectively.
There may be some motivation to adjust these before the release.
Author: Laurenz Albe, Darafei Praliaskouski
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Masahiko Sawada, Chris Travers, Andres Freund, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC8Q8t%2Bj36G_bLF%3D%2B0iMo6jGNWnLnWb1tujXuJr-%2Bx8ZCCTqoQ%40mail.gmail.com
Delaying unlocking the right child page until after the point that the
left child's parent page has been refound is no longer truly necessary.
Commit 40dae7ec made nbtree tolerant of interrupted page splits. VACUUM
was taught to avoid deleting a page that happens to be the right half of
an incomplete split. As long as page splits don't unlock the left child
page until the end of the second/final phase, it should be safe to
unlock the right child page earlier (at the end of the first phase).
It probably isn't actually useful to release the right child's lock
earlier like this (it probably won't improve performance). Even still,
pointing out that it ought to be safe to do so should make it easier to
understand the overall design.
The parameters primary_conninfo, primary_slot_name and
wal_receiver_create_temp_slot can now be changed with a simple "reload"
signal, no longer requiring a server restart. This is achieved by
signalling the walreceiver process to terminate and having it start
again with the new values.
Thanks to Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao for discussion.
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19513901543181143@sas1-19a94364928d.qloud-c.yandex.net
Commit 3297308278 gave walreceiver the ability to create and use a
temporary replication slot, and made it controllable by a GUC (enabled
by default) that can be changed with SIGHUP. That's useful but has two
problems: one, it's possible to cause the origin server to fill its disk
if the slot doesn't advance in time; and also there's a disconnect
between state passed down via the startup process and GUCs that
walreceiver reads directly.
We handle the first problem by setting the option to disabled by
default. If the user enables it, its on their head to make sure that
disk doesn't fill up.
We handle the second problem by passing the flag via startup rather than
having walreceiver acquire it directly, and making it PGC_POSTMASTER
(which ensures a walreceiver always has the fresh value). A future
commit can relax this (to PGC_SIGHUP again) by having the startup
process signal walreceiver to shutdown whenever the value changes.
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200122055510.GH174860@paquier.xyz
Previously if a promotion was triggered while recovery was paused,
the paused state continued. Also recovery could be paused by executing
pg_wal_replay_pause() even while a promotion was ongoing. That is,
recovery pause had higher priority over a standby promotion.
But this behavior was not desirable because most users basically wanted
the recovery to complete as soon as possible and the server to become
the master when they requested a promotion.
This commit changes recovery so that it prefers a promotion over
recovery pause. That is, if a promotion is triggered while recovery
is paused, the paused state ends and a promotion continues. Also
this commit makes recovery pause functions like pg_wal_replay_pause()
throw an error if they are executed while a promotion is ongoing.
Internally, this commit adds new internal function PromoteIsTriggered()
that returns true if a promotion is triggered. Since the name of
this function and the existing function IsPromoteTriggered() are
confusingly similar, the commit changes the name of IsPromoteTriggered()
to IsPromoteSignaled, as more appropriate name.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00c194b2-dbbb-2e8a-5b39-13f14048ef0a@oss.nttdata.com
restore_command has only been used until now by the backend, but there
is a pending patch for pg_rewind to make use of that in the frontend.
Author: Alexey Kondratov
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Alexander
Korotkov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
This commit introduces new wait events BackupWaitWalArchive and
RecoveryPause. The former is reported while waiting for the WAL files
required for the backup to be successfully archived. The latter is
reported while waiting for recovery in pause state to be resumed.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Atsushi Torikoshi, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f0651f8c-9c96-9f29-0ff9-80414a15308a@oss.nttdata.com
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.
To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.
Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.
Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions). This introduces a new WAL
record type, XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN, without bumping XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. As
always, update standby systems before master systems. This changes
sizeof(RelationData) and sizeof(IndexStmt), breaking binary
compatibility for affected extensions. (The most recent commit to
affect the same class of extensions was
089e4d405d0f3b94c74a2c6a54357a84a681754b.)
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
The function assumed forkNum=MAIN_FORKNUM and page_std=true, ignoring
the actual arguments. Existing callers passed exactly those values, so
there's no live bug. Back-patch to v12, where the function first
appeared, because another fix needs this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191118045434.GA1173436@rfd.leadboat.com
swap_relation_files() calls toast_get_valid_index() to find and lock
this index, just before swapping with the rebuilt TOAST index. The
latter function releases the lock before returning. Potential for
mischief is low; a concurrent session can issue ALTER INDEX ... SET
(fillfactor = ...), which is not alarming. Nonetheless, changing
pg_class.relfilenode without a lock is unconventional. Back-patch to
9.5 (all supported versions), because another fix needs this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226001521.GA1772687@rfd.leadboat.com
Remove comments that are a throw back to a time when nbtree cared about
write-ordering dependencies. The comments are similar to those removed
by commit 9ee7414e, among others.
This commit renames RecoveryWalAll and RecoveryWalStream wait events to
RecoveryWalStream and RecoveryRetrieveRetryInterval, respectively,
in order to make the names and what they are more consistent. For example,
previously RecoveryWalAll was reported as a wait event while the recovery
was waiting for WAL from a stream, and which was confusing because the name
was very different from the situation where the wait actually could happen.
The names of macro variables for those wait events also are renamed
accordingly.
This commit also changes the category of RecoveryRetrieveRetryInterval to
Timeout from Activity because the wait event is reported while waiting based
on wal_retrieve_retry_interval.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/124997ee-096a-5d09-d8da-2c7a57d0816e@oss.nttdata.com
Only internal page splits need to call _bt_pgaddtup() instead of
PageAddItem(), and only for data items, one of which will end up at the
first offset (or first offset after the high key offset) on the new
right page. This data item alone will need to be truncated in
_bt_pgaddtup().
Since there is no reason why retail inserts ever need to truncate the
incoming item, use a raw PageAddItem() call there instead. Even
_bt_split() uses raw PageAddItem() calls for left page and right page
high keys. Clearly the _bt_pgaddtup() shim function wasn't really
encapsulating anything. _bt_pgaddtup() should now be thought of as a
_bt_split() helper function.
Note that the assertions from commit d1e241c2 verify that retail inserts
never insert an item at an internal page's negative infinity offset.
This invariant could only ever be violated as a result of a basic logic
error in nbtinsert.c.
Commit 2b272734, which added the fastpath rightmost leaf page cache
insert optimization, added code to _bt_doinsert() to handle using and
invalidating the backend local block cache. It doesn't seem like a good
place to handle these low level details, though. _bt_doinsert() is
supposed to be a high level function -- it is the main entry point to
nbtinsert.c.
Restructure the code by placing handling of the rightmost block cache at
the start of a new _bt_search() shim function, _bt_search_insert(). The
new function is called from _bt_doinsert(), which uses it as a
_bt_search() variant that conveniently accepts its BTInsertState state
as an argument. _bt_doinsert() no longer needs to directly consider the
fastpath optimization.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzk59cxKJRd=rfbyub6-V4yWRjsOYRkUNHBLT1P1GdtCQQ@mail.gmail.com
Copying block and offset numbers to local variables in _bt_insertonpg()
made the code less readable. Remove the variables. There is already
code that conditionally calls BufferGetBlockNumber() in the same block,
so consistently do it that way instead.
Calling BufferGetBlockNumber() is very cheap, but we might as well avoid
it when it isn't truly necessary. It isn't truly necessary for
_bt_insertonpg() to call BufferGetBlockNumber() in almost all cases.
Spotted while working on a patch that refactors the fastpath rightmost
leaf page cache optimization, which was added by commit 2b272734.
We don't need to manually clean up allocations in a SRF's
multi_call_memory_ctx, because the SRF_RETURN_DONE infrastructure
takes care of that (and also ensures that it will happen even if the
function never gets a final call, which simple manual cleanup cannot
do).
Hence, the code removed by this patch is a waste of code and cycles.
Worse, it gives the impression that cleaning up manually is a thing,
which can lead to more serious errors such as those fixed in
commits 085b6b667 and b4570d33a. So we should get rid of it.
These are not quite actual bugs though, so I couldn't muster the
enthusiasm to back-patch. Fix in HEAD only.
Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200308173103.GC1357@telsasoft.com
Refactor nbtinsert.c so that the final itemsz of each new non-pivot
tuple (the MAXALIGN()'d size) is determined once. Most of the functions
used by leaf page inserts used the insertstate.itemsz value already.
This commit makes everything use insertstate.itemsz as standard
practice. The goal is to decouple tuple size from "effective" tuple
size. Making this distinction isn't truly necessary right now, but that
might change in the future.
Also explain why we consistently apply MAXALIGN() to get an effective
index tuple size. This was rather unclear, in part because it isn't
actually strictly necessary right now.
Introduce a GUC and a tablespace option to control I/O prefetching, much
like effective_io_concurrency, but for work that is done on behalf of
many client sessions.
Use the new setting in heapam.c instead of the hard-coded formula
effective_io_concurrency + 10 introduced by commit 558a9165e0. Go with
a default value of 10 for now, because it's a round number pretty close
to the value used for that existing case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJUw08dPs_3EUcdO6M90GnjofPYrWp4YSLaBkgYwS-AqA%40mail.gmail.com
The init_ps_display() arguments were mostly lies by now, so to match
typical usage, just use one argument and let the caller assemble it
from multiple sources if necessary. The only user of the additional
arguments is BackendInitialize(), which was already doing string
assembly on the caller side anyway.
Remove the second argument of set_ps_display() ("force") and just
handle that in init_ps_display() internally.
BackendInitialize() also used to set the initial status as
"authentication", but that was very far from where authentication
actually happened. So now it's set to "initializing" and then
"authentication" just before the actual call to
ClientAuthentication().
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
Previously, hard links were not used on Windows and Cygwin, but they
support them just fine in currently supported OS versions, so we can
use them there as well.
Since all supported platforms now support hard links, we can remove
the alternative code paths.
Rename durable_link_or_rename() to durable_rename_excl() to make the
purpose more clear without referencing the implementation details.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/72fff73f-dc9c-4ef4-83e8-d2e60c98df48%402ndquadrant.com
Commit 074251db added an assertion that verified the fastpath/rightmost
page insert optimization's assumption about free space: There should
always be enough free space on the page to insert the new item without
splitting the page. Otherwise, we end up using the "concurrent root
page split" phony/fake stack path in _bt_insert_parent(). This does not
lead to incorrect behavior, but it is likely to be far slower than
simply using the regular _bt_search() path. The assertion catches
serious performance bugs that would probably take a long time to detect
any other way.
It seems much more natural to make this assertion just before the point
that we generate a fake/phony descent stack. Move the assert there.
This also makes _bt_insertonpg() a bit more readable.
Only a very basic logic bug in a _bt_insertonpg() caller could lead to a
violation of this invariant. Besides, any newitemoff used for an
internal page is sanitized using other "can't happen" errors in
_bt_getstackbuf() or its callers, before _bt_insertonpg() even gets
called.
Also, move the error/assertion from the insert-without-split path of
_bt_insertonpg() to the top of the same function. There is no reason
why this invariant only applies to insertions that happen to not result
in a page split; cover every insertion. The assertion naturally belongs
next to the existing generic assertions that document relatively
high-level invariants for the item being inserted.
The need for this was removed by
8b9e9644dc.
A number of files now need to include utils/acl.h or
parser/parse_node.h explicitly where they previously got it indirectly
somehow.
Since parser/parse_node.h already includes nodes/parsenodes.h, the
latter is then removed where the former was added. Also, remove
nodes/pg_list.h from objectaddress.h, since that's included via
nodes/parsenodes.h.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/7601e258-26b2-8481-36d0-dc9dca6f28f1%402ndquadrant.com
This commit replaces 0 used as an initial value of XLogSource variable,
with XLOG_FROM_ANY. Also this commit changes those variable so that
XLogSource instead of int is used as the type for them. These changes
are for code readability and debugger-friendliness.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227.124830.2197604521555566121.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
At the end of recovery, standby mode is turned off to re-fetch the last
valid record from archive or pg_wal. Previously, if recovery target was
reached and standby mode was turned off while the current WAL source
was stream, recovery could try to retrieve WAL file containing the last
valid record unexpectedly from stream even though not in standby mode.
This caused an assertion failure. That is, the assertion test confirms that
WAL file should not be retrieved from stream if standby mode is not true.
This commit moves back the current WAL source to archive if it's stream
even though not in standby mode, to avoid that assertion failure.
This issue doesn't cause the server to crash when built with assertion
disabled. In this case, the attempt to retrieve WAL file from stream not
in standby mode just fails. And then recovery tries to retrieve WAL file
from archive or pg_wal.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227.124830.2197604521555566121.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
I noticed while testing some other stuff that the CHECK_ENCODING_ROUNDTRIP
logic in ginCompressPostingList could account for over 50% of the runtime
of an INSERT with a GIN index. While that's not relevant to production
performance, it's still kind of annoying in a debug build. Replacing
the loop around short memcmp's with one long memcmp works just as well
and is significantly faster, at least on my machine.
Our usual practice for "poor man's enum" catalog columns is to define
macros for the possible values and use those, not literal constants,
in C code. But for some reason lost in the mists of time, this was
never done for typalign/attalign or typstorage/attstorage. It's never
too late to make it better though, so let's do that.
The reason I got interested in this right now is the need to duplicate
some uses of the TYPSTORAGE constants in an upcoming ALTER TYPE patch.
But in general, this sort of change aids greppability and readability,
so it's a good idea even without any specific motivation.
I may have missed a few places that could be converted, and it's even
more likely that pending patches will re-introduce some hard-coded
references. But that's not fatal --- there's no expectation that
we'd actually change any of these values. We can clean up stragglers
over time.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16457.1583189537@sss.pgh.pa.us
_bt_split() is passed NULL as its insertion scankey for internal page
splits. Two recently added Assert() statements failed to consider this,
leading to a crash with pg_upgrade'd BREE_VERSION < 4 indexes. Remove
the assertions.
The assertions in question were added by commit 0d861bbb, which added
nbtree deduplication. It would be possible to fix the assertions
directly instead, but they weren't adding much anyway.
This commit adds pg_stat_progress_basebackup view that reports
the progress while an application like pg_basebackup is taking
a base backup. This uses the progress reporting infrastructure
added by c16dc1aca5, adding support for streaming base backup.
Bump catversion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Langote, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ed8b801-8215-1f3d-62d7-65bff53f6e94@oss.nttdata.com
This also involves renaming src/include/utils/hashutils.h, which
becomes src/include/common/hashfn.h. Perhaps an argument can be
made for keeping the hashutils.h name, but it seemed more
consistent to make it match the name of the file, and also more
descriptive of what is actually going on here.
Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger. Off-list
advice on how not to break the Windows build from Davinder Singh
and Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
Invent the concept of a B-Tree equalimage ("equality implies image
equality") support function, registered as support function 4. This
indicates whether it is safe (or not safe) to apply optimizations that
assume that any two datums considered equal by an operator class's order
method must be interchangeable without any loss of semantic information.
This is static information about an operator class and a collation.
Register an equalimage routine for almost all of the existing B-Tree
opclasses. We only need two trivial routines for all of the opclasses
that are included with the core distribution. There is one routine for
opclasses that index non-collatable types (which returns 'true'
unconditionally), plus another routine for collatable types (which
returns 'true' when the collation is a deterministic collation).
This patch is infrastructure for an upcoming patch that adds B-Tree
deduplication.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn3Ee49Gmxb7V1VJ3-AC8fWn-Fr8pfWQebHe8rYRxt5OQ@mail.gmail.com
Multi-insert for heap is not yet used actively for catalogs, but the
code to support this case is in place for logical decoding. The
existing code forgot to issue a XLOG_HEAP2_NEW_CID record for the first
tuple inserted, leading to failures when attempting to use multiple
inserts for catalogs at decoding time. This commit fixes the problem by
WAL-logging the needed CID.
This is not an active bug, so no back-patch is done.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E0D4CC67-A1CF-4DF4-991D-B3AC2EB5FAE9@yesql.se
The comments in fd.c have long claimed that all file allocations should
go through that module, but in reality that's not always practical.
fd.c doesn't supply APIs for invoking some FD-producing syscalls like
pipe() or epoll_create(); and the APIs it does supply for non-virtual
FDs are mostly insistent on releasing those FDs at transaction end;
and in some cases the actual open() call is in code that can't be made
to use fd.c, such as libpq.
This has led to a situation where, in a modern server, there are likely
to be seven or so long-lived FDs per backend process that are not known
to fd.c. Since NUM_RESERVED_FDS is only 10, that meant we had *very*
few spare FDs if max_files_per_process is >= the system ulimit and
fd.c had opened all the files it thought it safely could. The
contrib/postgres_fdw regression test, in particular, could easily be
made to fall over by running it under a restrictive ulimit.
To improve matters, invent functions Acquire/Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD
that allow outside callers to tell fd.c that they have or want to allocate
a FD that's not directly managed by fd.c. Add calls to track all the
fixed FDs in a standard backend session, so that we are honestly
guaranteeing that NUM_RESERVED_FDS FDs remain unused below the EMFILE
limit in a backend's idle state. The coding rules for these functions say
that there's no need to call them in code that just allocates one FD over
a fairly short interval; we can dip into NUM_RESERVED_FDS for such cases.
That means that there aren't all that many places where we need to worry.
But postgres_fdw and dblink must use this facility to account for
long-lived FDs consumed by libpq connections. There may be other places
where it's worth doing such accounting, too, but this seems like enough
to solve the immediate problem.
Internally to fd.c, "external" FDs are limited to max_safe_fds/3 FDs.
(Callers can choose to ignore this limit, but of course it's unwise
to do so except for fixed file allocations.) I also reduced the limit
on "allocated" files to max_safe_fds/3 FDs (it had been max_safe_fds/2).
Conceivably a smarter rule could be used here --- but in practice,
on reasonable systems, max_safe_fds should be large enough that this
isn't much of an issue, so KISS for now. To avoid possible regression
in the number of external or allocated files that can be opened,
increase FD_MINFREE and the lower limit on max_files_per_process a
little bit; we now insist that the effective "ulimit -n" be at least 64.
This seems like pretty clearly a bug fix, but in view of the lack of
field complaints, I'll refrain from risking a back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1izCmM-0005pV-Co@gemulon.postgresql.org
VACUUM may truncate heap in several batches. The activity report
is logged for each batch, and contains the number of pages in the table
before and after the truncation, and also the elapsed time during
the truncation. Previously the elapsed time reported in each batch was
the total elapsed time since starting the truncation until finishing
each batch. For example, if the truncation was processed dividing into
three batches, the second batch reported the accumulated time elapsed
during both first and second batches. This is strange and confusing
because the number of pages in the table reported together is not
total. Instead, each batch should report the time elapsed during
only that batch.
The cause of this issue was that the resource usage snapshot was
initialized only at the beginning of the truncation and was never
reset later. This commit fixes the issue by changing VACUUM so that
the resource usage snapshot is reset at each batch.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Reported-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP0=ZVJsf=NvQuy+QXQZ7B=ZVLoDV_JzsVC1FRsF1G18i3zMGg@mail.gmail.com
btbuild() has nothing to say about how NULL values compare in nbtree.
Besides, there are _bt_compare() header comments that describe how NULL
values are handled.
Commit b10714080 moved the GinPageSetDeleteXid() call to a spot where
the "page" variable was pointing to the wrong page, causing the XID
to be inserted on a page that's not being deleted, thus allowing later
GinPageIsRecyclable tests to recycle the deleted page too soon.
It might be a good idea to stop using the single "page" variable for
multiple purposes in this function. But for the moment I just moved
the GinPageSetDeleteXid() call down beside the GinPageSetDeleted()
call, which seems like a more logical place for it anyway.
Back-patch to v11, as the faulty patch was. (Fortunately, the bug
hasn't made it into any release yet.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21620.1581098806@sss.pgh.pa.us
Tuple conversion incorrectly concluded that no conversion was needed
as long as all the attributes lined up. But if the source tuple has a
missing attribute (from addition of a column with default), then the
destination tupdesc might not reflect the same default. The typical
symptom was that the affected columns would be unexpectedly NULL.
Repair by always forcing conversion if the source has missing
attributes, which will be filled in by the deform operation. (In
theory we could optimize for when the destination has the same
default, but that seemed overkill.)
Backpatch to 11 where missing attributes were added.
Per bug #16242.
Vik Fearing (discovery, code, testing) and me (analysis, testcase).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16242-d1c9fca28445966b@postgresql.org
Using 32 bit counters means they can now realistically wrap around when
vacuuming extremely large tables. Because they're signed integers,
stats printed by vacuum look very odd when they do.
We'd love to backpatch this, but refrain because the variables are
exported and could cause third-party code to break.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200131205926.GA16367@alvherre.pgsql
Using a lookup table of digit pairs reduces the number of divisions
needed, and calculating the length upfront saves some work; these
ideas are taken from the code previously committed for floats.
David Fetter, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tels, and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190924052620.GP31596%40fetter.org
If no DSM slots are available, a ParallelContext can still be
created, but its seg pointer is NULL. Teach parallel btree build
to cope with that by falling back to a regular non-parallel build,
to avoid crashing with a segmentation fault.
Back-patch to 11, where parallel CREATE INDEX landed.
Reported-by: Nicola Contu
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJgJEBnkuODBVomyK3MWFvDBbMVj%3Dgdt6DnRPU-5sQ6UQ%40mail.gmail.com
We used to strategically place newlines after some function call left
parentheses to make pgindent move the argument list a few chars to the
left, so that the whole line would fit under 80 chars. However,
pgindent no longer does that, so the newlines just made the code
vertically longer for no reason. Remove those newlines, and reflow some
of those lines for some extra naturality.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200129200401.GA6303@alvherre.pgsql
Before, if a recovery target is configured, but the archive ended
before the target was reached, recovery would end and the server would
promote without further notice. That was deemed to be pretty wrong.
With this change, if the recovery target is not reached, it is a fatal
error.
Based-on-patch-by: Leif Gunnar Erlandsen <leif@lako.no>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/993736dd3f1713ec1f63fc3b653839f5@lako.no
The following changes make the predicate locking functions more
generic and suitable for use by future access methods:
- PredicateLockTuple() is renamed to PredicateLockTID(). It takes
ItemPointer and inserting transaction ID instead of HeapTuple.
- CheckForSerializableConflictIn() takes blocknum instead of buffer.
- CheckForSerializableConflictOut() no longer takes HeapTuple or buffer.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kuntal Ghosh, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiv0k3hkEb3Oqk%3DziWqtyk2Jys1UOK5hwRBNeANT_yX%2Bng%40mail.gmail.com
The signature of XLogReadRecord() required the caller to pass the starting
WAL position as argument, or InvalidXLogRecPtr to continue reading at the
end of previous record. That's slightly awkward to the callers, as most
of them don't want to randomly jump around in the WAL stream, but start
reading at one position and then read everything from that point onwards.
Remove the 'RecPtr' argument and add a new function XLogBeginRead() to
specify the starting position instead. That's more convenient for the
callers. Also, xlogreader holds state that is reset when you change the
starting position, so having a separate function for doing that feels like
a more natural fit.
This changes XLogFindNextRecord() function so that it doesn't reset the
xlogreader's state to what it was before the call anymore. Instead, it
positions the xlogreader to the found record, like XLogBeginRead().
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5382a7a3-debe-be31-c860-cb810c08f366%40iki.fi
Detection of WAL records having references to invalid pages
during recovery causes PostgreSQL to raise a PANIC-level error,
aborting the recovery. Setting ignore_invalid_pages to on causes
the system to ignore those WAL records (but still report a warning),
and continue recovery. This behavior may cause crashes, data loss,
propagate or hide corruption, or other serious problems.
However, it may allow you to get past the PANIC-level error,
to finish the recovery, and to cause the server to start up.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwHCK6f77yeZD4MHOnN+PaTf6XiJfEB+Ce7SksSHjeAWtg@mail.gmail.com
In commit 40d964ec99, we changed the way memory is allocated for dead
tuples but forgot to update the place where we compute the maximum
number of dead tuples. This could lead to invalid memory requests.
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Diagnosed-by: Andres Freund
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200121060020.e3cr7s7fj5rw4lok@alap3.anarazel.de
The BRIN add_value() and union() functions need to make a longer-lived
copy of the argument, if they want to store it in the BrinValues struct
also passed as argument. The functions for the "inclusion operator
classes" used with box, range and inet types didn't take into account
that the union helper function might return its argument as is, without
making a copy. Check for that case, and make a copy if necessary. That
case arises at least with the range_union() function, when one of the
arguments is an 'empty' range:
CREATE TABLE brintest (n numrange);
CREATE INDEX brinidx ON brintest USING brin (n);
INSERT INTO brintest VALUES ('empty');
INSERT INTO brintest VALUES (numrange(0, 2^1000::numeric));
INSERT INTO brintest VALUES ('(-1, 0)');
SELECT brin_desummarize_range('brinidx', 0);
SELECT brin_summarize_range('brinidx', 0);
Backpatch down to 9.5, where BRIN was introduced.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e6e1d6eb-0a67-36aa-e779-bcca59167c14%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Emre Hasegeli, Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera
This feature allows the vacuum to leverage multiple CPUs in order to
process indexes. This enables us to perform index vacuuming and index
cleanup with background workers. This adds a PARALLEL option to VACUUM
command where the user can specify the number of workers that can be used
to perform the command which is limited by the number of indexes on a
table. Specifying zero as a number of workers will disable parallelism.
This option can't be used with the FULL option.
Each index is processed by at most one vacuum process. Therefore parallel
vacuum can be used when the table has at least two indexes.
The parallel degree is either specified by the user or determined based on
the number of indexes that the table has, and further limited by
max_parallel_maintenance_workers. The index can participate in parallel
vacuum iff it's size is greater than min_parallel_index_scan_size.
Author: Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, Tomas Vondra,
Mahendra Singh and Sergei Kornilov
Tested-by: Mahendra Singh and Prabhat Sahu
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDTPMgzSkV4E3SFo1CH_x50bf5PqZFQf4jmqjk-C03BWg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1J-VoR9gzS5E75pcD-OH0mEyCdp8RihcwKrcuw7J-Q0+w@mail.gmail.com
The strategy of GIN index scan is driven by opclass-specific extract_query
method. This method that needed search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL. This
mode means that matching tuple may contain none of extracted entries. Simple
example is '!term' tsquery, which doesn't need any term to exist in matching
tsvector.
In order to handle such scan key GIN calculates virtual entry, which contains
all TIDs of all entries of attribute. In fact this is full scan of index
attribute. And typically this is very slow, but allows to handle some queries
correctly in GIN. However, current algorithm calculate such virtual entry for
each GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL scan key even if they are multiple for the same
attribute. This is clearly not optimal.
This commit improves the situation by introduction of "exclude only" scan keys.
Such scan keys are not capable to return set of matching TIDs. Instead, they
are capable only to filter TIDs produced by normal scan keys. Therefore,
each attribute should contain at least one normal scan key, while rest of them
may be "exclude only" if search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL.
The same optimization might be applied to the whole scan, not per-attribute.
But that leads to NULL values elimination problem. There is trade-off between
multiple possible ways to do this. We probably want to do this later using
some cost-based decision algorithm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_YGP5-BEt5Cc0%3DzMve92vocPzD%2BXiZgiZs1kjY0cj%3DXBg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov, Tom Lane, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane
Introduce new fields amusemaintenanceworkmem and amparallelvacuumoptions
in IndexAmRoutine for parallel vacuum. The amusemaintenanceworkmem tells
whether a particular IndexAM uses maintenance_work_mem or not. This will
help in controlling the memory used by individual workers as otherwise,
each worker can consume memory equal to maintenance_work_mem. The
amparallelvacuumoptions tell whether a particular IndexAM participates in
a parallel vacuum and if so in which phase (bulkdelete, vacuumcleanup) of
vacuum.
Author: Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Tomas Vondra and Robert Haas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDTPMgzSkV4E3SFo1CH_x50bf5PqZFQf4jmqjk-C03BWg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmcD5aPogzwim5Nn58Ki+74a6Edghx4Wd8hAskvHaq5A@mail.gmail.com
Earlier, we use to postpone deleting empty pages till the second stage of
vacuum to amortize the cost of scanning internal pages. However, that can
sometimes (say vacuum is canceled or errored between first and second
stage) delay the pages to be recycled.
Another thing is that to facilitate deleting empty pages in the second
stage, we need to share the information about internal and empty pages
between different stages of vacuum. It will be quite tricky to share this
information via DSM which is required for the upcoming parallel vacuum
patch.
Also, it will bring the logic to reclaim deleted pages closer to nbtree
where we delete empty pages in each pass.
Overall, the advantages of deleting empty pages in each pass outweigh the
advantages of postponing the same.
Author: Dilip Kumar, with changes by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LGr+MN0xHZpJ2dfS8QNQ1a_aROKowZB+MPNep8FVtwAA@mail.gmail.com
Make the value null only at pg_stat_activity-output time, as suggested
by Tom Lane, instead of messing with the internal state. This should
appease buildfarm members with force_parallel_mode=regress, which are
running parallel queries on logical replication walsenders.
The fact that walsenders can run parallel queries should perhaps be
studied more carefully, but for the moment let's get rid of the red
blots in buildfarm.
Backpatch to pg10, like the previous commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30804.1578438763@sss.pgh.pa.us
Returning a non-NULL time is pointless, sinc a walsender is not a
process that would be running normal transactions anyway, but the code
was unintentionally exposing the process start time intermittently,
which was not only bogus but it also confused monitoring systems looking
for idle transactions. Fix by avoiding all updates in walsenders.
Backpatch to 11, where walsenders started appearing in pg_stat_activity.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191209234409.exe7osmyalwkt5j4@development
Instead of always calling heap_fetch_toast_slice during detoasting,
invoke a table AM callback which, when the toast table is a heap
table, will be heap_fetch_toast_slice.
This makes it possible for a table AM other than heap to be used
as a TOAST table. It also completes the series of commits intended
to improve the interaction of tableam with TOAST that began with
commit 8b94dab06617ef80a0901ab103ebd8754427ef5a; detoast.c is
now, hopefully, fully AM-independent.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the toast table had to be implemented by the same AM that
was used for the main table, which was bad, because the detoasting
code won't work with anything but heap. This commit doesn't fix the
latter problem, although there's another patch coming which does,
but it does let you pick something that works (i.e. heap, right now).
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
The fastpath insert optimization's incomplete split flag Assert() is
redundant. We'll reach the more general Assert() within
_bt_findinsertloc() in all cases. (Besides, Assert()'ing that the
rightmost page doesn't have the flag set never made much sense.)
Commit 558a9165e0 taught _bt_delitems_delete() to produce its own XID
horizon on the primary. Standbys no longer needed to generate their own
latestRemovedXid, since they could just use the explicitly logged value
from the primary instead. The deleted offset numbers array from the
xl_btree_delete WAL record was no longer used by the REDO routine for
anything other than deleting the items.
This enables a minor optimization: We now treat the array as buffer
state, not generic WAL data, following _bt_delitems_vacuum()'s example.
This should be a minor win, since it allows us to avoid including the
deleted items array in cases where XLogInsert() stores the whole buffer
anyway. The primary goal here is to make the code more maintainable,
though. Removing inessential differences between the two functions
highlights the fundamental differences that remain.
Also change xl_btree_delete to use uint32 for the size of the array of
item offsets being deleted. This brings xl_btree_delete closer to
xl_btree_vacuum. Furthermore, it seems like a good idea to use an
explicit-width integer type (the field was previously an "int").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkz4TjmezzfAbaV1zYrh=fr0bCpzuJTvBe5iUQ3aUPsCQ@mail.gmail.com
Adjust a comment that describes how alignment of the new left page high
key works in btree_xlog_split(), the nbtree page split REDO routine.
The wording used before commit 2c03216d83 is much clearer, so go back
to that.
_bt_delitems_vacuum() comments claimed that it isn't worth another scan
of the page to avoid falsely unsetting the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page flag
hint (this happens to be the same wording that was removed from
_bt_delitems_delete() by my recent commit fe97c61c). The comments made
little sense, though. The issue can't have much to do with performing a
second scan of the target leaf page, since an LP_DEAD test could easily
be performed in the first scan of the page anyway (the scan that takes
place in btvacuumpage() caller).
Revise the explanation. It makes much more sense to frame this as an
issue about recovery conflicts. _bt_delitems_vacuum() cannot easily
generate an XID cutoff in the same way that _bt_delitems_delete() is
designed to.
Falsely unsetting the page flag is not ideal, and is likely to happen
more often than was supposed by the original comments. Explain why it
usually isn't a problem in practice. There may be an argument for
_bt_delitems_vacuum() not clearing the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE bit, removing the
question of it being falsely unset by VACUUM (there may even be an
argument for not using a page level hint at all). This can be revisited
later.
Commit fe97c61c updated LP_DEAD item deletion comments, but missed a
minor discrepancy on the REDO side. Fix it now.
In passing, don't talk about the btree_xlog_vacuum() behavior within
btree_xlog_delete(). The reliance on XLOG_HEAP2_CLEANUP_INFO records
for recovery conflicts is already discussed within btvacuumpage() and
mentioned again in passing above btree_xlog_vacuum(), which seems
sufficient.
This follows multiple complains from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund and
Alvaro Herrera that this issue ought to be dug more before actually
happening, if it happens.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226144606.GA5659@alvherre.pgsql
The part in charge of doing the vacuum on all the indexes of a relation
was duplicated, with the same handling for progress reporting done.
While on it, update the progress reporting for heap vacuuming in the
subroutine doing the actual work, keeping the status update local. This
way, any future caller of lazy_vacuum_heap() does not have to worry
about doing any progress reporting update.
Author: Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191120210600.GC30362@telsasoft.com
The following renaming is done so as source files related to index
access methods are more consistent with table access methods (the
original names used for index AMs ware too generic, and could be
confused as including features related to table AMs):
- amapi.h -> indexam.h.
- amapi.c -> indexamapi.c. Here we have an equivalent with
backend/access/table/tableamapi.c.
- amvalidate.c -> indexamvalidate.c.
- amvalidate.h -> indexamvalidate.h.
- genam.c -> indexgenam.c.
- genam.h -> indexgenam.h.
This has been discussed during the development of v12 when table AM was
worked on, but the renaming never happened.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191223053434.GF34339@paquier.xyz
Using \ is unnecessary and ugly, so remove that. While at it, stitch
the literals back into a single line: we've long discouraged splitting
error message literals even when they go past the 80 chars line limit,
to improve greppability.
Leave contrib/tablefunc alone.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191223195156.GA12271@alvherre.pgsql
Comments about the consequences of clearing the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page
flag bit that apply only to VACUUM were added to code that deals with
opportunistic deletion of LP_DEAD items by commit a760893d. The same
comment block was added to both _bt_delitems_vacuum() and
_bt_delitems_delete(). Correct _bt_delitems_delete()'s copy of the
comment block.
_bt_delitems_delete() reliably deletes items that were found by caller
to have their LP_DEAD bit set. There is no question about whether or
not unsetting the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE bit can miss some LP_DEAD items that
were set recently.
Also tweak a related section of the nbtree README.
The REDO routine for nbtree's xl_btree_vacuum record type hasn't
performed a "pin scan" since commit 3e4b7d87 went in, so clearly there
isn't any point in VACUUM WAL-logging information that won't actually be
used. Finish off the work of commit 3e4b7d87 (and the closely related
preceding commit 687f2cd7) by removing the code that generates this
unused information. Also remove the REDO routine code disabled by
commit 3e4b7d87.
Replace the unneeded lastBlockVacuumed field in xl_btree_vacuum with a
new "ndeleted" field. The new field isn't actually needed right now,
since we could continue to infer the array length from the overall
record length. However, an upcoming patch to add deduplication to
nbtree needs to add an "items updated" field to xl_btree_vacuum, so we
might as well start being explicit about the number of items now.
(Besides, it doesn't seem like a good idea to leave the xl_btree_vacuum
struct without any fields; the C standard says that that's undefined.)
nbtree VACUUM no longer forces writing a WAL record for the last block
in the index. Writing out a WAL record with no items for the final
block was supposed to force processing of a lastBlockVacuumed field by a
pin scan.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmY_mT7UnTzFB5LBQDBkKpdV5UxP3B5bLb7uP%3D%3D6UQJRQ%40mail.gmail.com
The previous coding imagined that it could call before_shmem_exit()
when a non-exclusive backup began and then remove the previously-added
handler by calling cancel_before_shmem_exit() when that backup
ended. However, this only works provided that nothing else in the
system has registered a before_shmem_exit() hook in the interim,
because cancel_before_shmem_exit() is documented to remove a callback
only if it is the latest callback registered. It also only works
if nothing can ERROR out between the time that sessionBackupState
is reset and the time that cancel_before_shmem_exit(), which doesn't
seem to be strictly true.
To fix, leave the handler installed for the lifetime of the session,
arrange to install it just once, and teach it to quietly do nothing if
there isn't a non-exclusive backup in process.
This is a bug, but for now I'm not going to back-patch, because the
consequences are minor. It's possible to cause a spurious warning
to be generated, but that doesn't really matter. It's also possible
to trigger an assertion failure, but production builds shouldn't
have assertions enabled.
Patch by me, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier (who
preferred a different approach, but got outvoted), Fujii Masao,
and Tom Lane, and with comments by various others.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobMjnyBfNhGTKQEDbqXYE3_rXWpc4CM63fhyerNCes3mA@mail.gmail.com
The new function, heap_fetch_toast_slice, is shared between
toast_fetch_datum_slice and toast_fetch_datum, and does all the
work of scanning the TOAST table, fetching chunks, and storing
them into the space allocated for the result varlena.
As an incidental side effect, this allows toast_fetch_datum_slice
to perform the scan with only a single scankey if all chunks are
being fetched, which might have some tiny performance benefit.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobBzxwFojJ0zV0Own3dr09y43hp+OzU2VW+nos4PMXWEg@mail.gmail.com
Tuple conversion support in tupconvert.c is able to convert rowtypes
between two relations, inner and outer, which are logically equivalent
but have a different ordering or even dropped columns (used mainly for
inheritance tree and partitions). This makes use of attribute mappings,
which are simple arrays made of AttrNumber elements with a length
matching the number of attributes of the outer relation. The length of
the attribute mapping has been treated as completely independent of the
mapping itself until now, making it easy to pass down an incorrect
mapping length.
This commit refactors the code related to attribute mappings and moves
it into an independent facility called attmap.c, extracted from
tupconvert.c. This merges the attribute mapping with its length,
avoiding to try to guess what is the length of a mapping to use as this
is computed once, when the map is built.
This will avoid mistakes like what has been fixed in dc816e58, which has
used an incorrect mapping length by matching it with the number of
attributes of an inner relation (a child partition) instead of an outer
relation (a partitioned table).
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191121042556.GD153437@paquier.xyz
This changes the routines in charge of recycling WAL segments past the
last redo LSN to not use anymore "RedoRecPtr" as a local variable, which
is also available in the context of the session as a static declaration,
replacing it with "lastredoptr". This confusion has been introduced by
d9fadbf, so backpatch down to v11 like the other commit.
Thanks to Tom Lane, Robert Haas, Alvaro Herrera, Mark Dilger and Kyotaro
Horiguchi for the input provided.
Author: Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/MN2PR18MB2927F7B5F690065E1194B258E35D0@MN2PR18MB2927.namprd18.prod.outlook.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Commit d5406dea25 used a slightly
novel, and wrong, approach to compute the length of the last
toast chunk. It worked fine unless the last chunk happened to
have the largest possible size.
Rework some of the checks for bad TOAST chunks to be a bit simpler
and easier to understand. These checks verify that (1) we get all
and only the chunk numbers we expect to see and (2) each chunk has
the expected size. However, the existing code was a bit hard to
understand, at least for me; try to make it clearer.
As part of that, have toast_fetch_datum_slice check the relationship
between endchunk and totalchunks only with an Assert() rather than
checking every chunk number against both values. There's no need to
check that relationship in production builds because it's not a
function of whether on-disk corruption is present; it's just a
question of whether the code does the right math.
Also, have toast_fetch_datum_slice() use ereport(ERROR) rather than
elog(ERROR). Commit fd6ec93bf8 made
the two functions inconsistent with each other.
Rename assorted variables for better clarity and consistency, and
move assorted variables from function scope to the function's main
loop. Remove a few variables that are used only once entirely.
Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobBzxwFojJ0zV0Own3dr09y43hp+OzU2VW+nos4PMXWEg@mail.gmail.com
This Assert thought that an overflowed transaction can never get registered
for the group update. But that is not true, because even when the number
of children for a transaction got reduced, the overflow flag is not
changed. And, for group update, we only care about the current number of
children for a transaction that is being committed.
Based on comments by Andres Freund, remove a redundant Assert in
TransactionIdSetPageStatus as we already had a static Assert for the same
condition a few lines earlier.
Reported-by: Vignesh C
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 11
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-s5=uJw-Z6JC9gcqtBSjXsrHnU63PXBrA=pnBjqnkm5UA@mail.gmail.com
recoveryDelayUntilTime was introduced by commit 36da3cfb45 as a global
because its method of operation was devilishly intrincate. Commit
c945af80cf removed all that complexity and could have turned it into a
local variable, but didn't. Do so now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191213200751.GA10731@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier, Daniel Gustafsson
Commit a7ee7c8513 fixed a bug in GiST page split during index creation,
where we failed to re-find the position of a downlink after the page
containing it was split. However, that fix was incomplete; the other call
to gistinserttuples() in the same function needs to also clear
'downlinkoffnum'.
Fixes bug #16134 reported by Alexander Lakhin, for real this time. The
previous fix was enough to fix the crash with the reproducer script for
bug #16162, but the original script for #16134 was still crashing.
Backpatch to v12, like the previous incomplete fix.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/d869f537-abe4-d2ea-0510-38cd053f5152%40gmail.com
This has been introduced by c16dc1a since progress reporting for VACUUM
has been added. As this issue just causes some extra work and is
harmless, no backpatch is done.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191213030831.GT2082@telsasoft.com
The bug was similar to the one that was fixed in commit 22251686f0. When
we split page X and insert the downlink for the new page, the parent page
might also need to be split. When that happens, the downlink offset number
we remembered for X is no longer valid. We correctly called
gistFindCorrectParent() to re-find it, but gistFindCorrectParent() doesn't
do anything if the LSN of the page hasn't changed, and we stopped updating
LSNs during index build in commit 9155580fd5. The buggy codepath was taken
if the page was split into three or more pages, and inserting the downlink
caused the parent page to split. To fix, explicitly mark the downlink
offset number as invalid, to force gistFindCorrectParent() to re-find it.
Fixes bug #16134 reported by Alexander Lakhin, reported again as #16162 by
Andreas Kunert. Thanks to Jeff Janes, Tom Lane and Tomas Vondra for
debugging. Backpatch to v12, where we stopped WAL-logging during index
build.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/16134-0423f729671dec64%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/16162-45d21b7b6c1a3105%40postgresql.org
Error messages referring to incorrect WAL segment names could have been
generated for a fsync() failure or when creating a new segment at the
end of recovery.
XLogFileNameP() is a wrapper routine able to build a palloc'd string for
a WAL segment name, which is used for error string generation. There
were several code paths where it gets called in a critical section,
where memory allocation is not allowed. This results in triggering
an assertion failure instead of generating the wanted error message.
Another, more annoying, problem is that if the allocation to generate
the WAL segment name fails on OOM, then the failure would be escalated
to a PANIC.
This removes the routine and all its callers are replaced with a logic
using a fixed-size buffer. This way, all the existing mistakes are
fixed and future ones are prevented.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5gC9H4uoWMLg9K_QfNrnkkdEw+-AFveob9YX7z8JnKTA@mail.gmail.com
XLogReader, walsender and pg_waldump all had their own routines to read
data from WAL files to memory, with slightly different approaches
according to the particular conditions of each environment. There's a
lot of commonality, so we can refactor that into a single routine
WALRead in XLogReader, and move the differences to a separate (simpler)
callback that just opens the next WAL-segment. This results in a
clearer (ahem) code flow.
The error reporting needs are covered by filling in a new error-info
struct, WALReadError, and it's the caller's responsibility to act on it.
The backend has WALReadRaiseError() to do so.
We no longer ever need to seek in this interface; switch to using
pg_pread().
Author: Antonin Houska, with contributions from Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
This reworks the reloption parsing and build of a couple of index AMs by
creating new structures for each index AM's options. This split was
already done for BRIN, GIN and GiST (which actually has a fillfactor
parameter), but not for hash, B-tree and SPGiST which relied on
StdRdOptions due to an overlap with the default option set.
This saves a couple of bytes for rd_options in each relcache entry with
indexes making use of relation options, and brings more consistency
between all index AMs. While on it, add a couple of AssertMacro() calls
to make sure that utility macros to grab values of reloptions are used
with the expected index AM.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera, Dent John
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4127670.gFlpRb6XCm@x200m
If LISTEN is the only action in a serializable-mode transaction,
and the session was not previously listening, and the notify queue
is not empty, predicate.c reported an assertion failure. That
happened because we'd acquire the transaction's initial snapshot
during PreCommit_Notify, which was called *after* predicate.c
expects any such snapshot to have been established.
To fix, just swap the order of the PreCommit_Notify and
PreCommit_CheckForSerializationFailure calls during CommitTransaction.
This will imply holding the notify-insertion lock slightly longer,
but the difference could only be meaningful in serializable mode,
which is an expensive option anyway.
It appears that this is just an assertion failure, with no
consequences in non-assert builds. A snapshot used only to scan
the notify queue could not have been involved in any serialization
conflicts, so there would be nothing for
PreCommit_CheckForSerializationFailure to do except assign it a
prepareSeqNo and set the SXACT_FLAG_PREPARED flag. And given no
conflicts, neither of those omissions affect the behavior of
ReleasePredicateLocks. This admittedly once-over-lightly analysis
is backed up by the lack of field reports of trouble.
Per report from Mark Dilger. The bug is old, so back-patch to all
supported branches; but the new test case only goes back to 9.6,
for lack of adequate isolationtester infrastructure before that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3ac7f397-4d5f-be8e-f354-440020675694@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13881.1574557302@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously DROP DATABASE generated as many XLOG_DBASE_DROP WAL records
as the number of tablespaces that the database to drop uses. This caused
the scans of shared_buffers as many times as the number of the tablespaces
during recovery because WAL replay of one XLOG_DBASE_DROP record needs
that full scan. This could make the recovery time longer especially
when shared_buffers is large.
This commit changes DROP DATABASE so that it generates only one
XLOG_DBASE_DROP record, and registers the information of all the tablespaces
into it. Then, WAL replay of XLOG_DBASE_DROP record needs full scan of
shared_buffers only once, and which may improve the recovery performance.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Simon Riggs
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwF8YwNH0ZaL+2wjZPkj+ji9UhC+Z4ScnG97WKtVY5L9iw@mail.gmail.com
By oversight 52ac6cd2d0 makes ginDeletePage() sets pd_prune_xid of page to be
deleted before entering the critical section. It appears that only versions 11
and later were affected by this oversight.
Backpatch-through: 11
We find GIN concurrency bugs from time to time. One of the problems here is
that concurrency of GIN isn't well-documented in README. So, it might be even
hard to distinguish design bugs from implementation bugs.
This commit revised concurrency section in GIN README providing more details.
Some examples are illustrated in ASCII art.
Also, this commit add the explanation of how is tuple layout in internal GIN
B-tree page different in comparison with nbtree.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfduXR_ywyaVN4%2BOYEGaw%3DcPLzWX6RxYLBncKw8de9vOkqw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Current GIN code appears to don't handle traversing to the deleted page via
downlink. This commit fixes that by stepping right from the delete page like
we do in nbtree.
This commit also fixes setting 'deleted' flag to the GIN pages. Now other page
flags are not erased once page is deleted. That helps to keep our assertions
true if we arrive deleted page via downlink.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvMvsw-NcE5bRS7R1BbvA4BxoDnVVjkXC5W0Czvy9LVrg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Backpatch-through: 9.4
When ginDeletePage() is about to delete page it locks its left sibling to revise
the rightlink. So, it locks pages in right to left manner. Int he same time
ginStepRight() locks pages in left to right manner, and that could cause a
deadlock.
This commit makes ginScanToDelete() keep exclusive lock on left siblings of
currently investigated path. That elimites need to relock left sibling in
ginDeletePage(). Thus, deadlock with ginStepRight() can't happen anymore.
Reported-by: Chen Huajun
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5c332bd1.87b6.16d7c17aa98.Coremail.chjischj%40163.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Backpatch-through: 10
Make it clear that _bt_pgaddtup() truncates the first data item on an
internal page because its key is supposed to be treated as minus
infinity within _bt_compare().
In detoast_attr_slice, VARSIZE_ANY was used to compute compressed length
of on-disk TOAST values. That's incorrect, because the varlena value may
be just a TOAST pointer, producing either bogus value or crashing.
This is likely why the code was crashing on big-endian machines before
540f316809 replaced the VARSIZE with VARSIZE_ANY, which however only
masked the issue.
Reported-by: Rushabh Lathia
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAL-OGkthU9Gs7TZchf5OWaL-Gsi=hXqufTxKv9qpNG73d5na_g@mail.gmail.com
reloptions.h includes since ba748f7 a set of macros to handle reloption
types in a way similar to how parseRelOptions() works. They have never
been used in the core code, and we have more simple methods now to parse
and fill in rd_options for a given relation depending on its relkind, so
remove this interface to simplify things.
Per discussion between Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE6zbNO92az6pp5GiTw4tr-9rfCE0t84whQSP+YwSKjMQ@mail.gmail.com
Partitioned tables do not have relation options yet, but, similarly to
what's done for views which have their own parsing table, it could make
sense to introduce new parameters for some of the existing default ones
like fillfactor, autovacuum, etc. Splitting things has the advantage to
make the information stored in rd_options include only the necessary
information, reducing the amount of memory used for a relcache entry
with partitioned tables if new reloptions are introduced at this level.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1627387.Qykg9O6zpu@x200m
This commit changes xact_desc() so that it reports the detail information about
PREPARE TRANSACTION record, like GID (global transaction identifier),
timestamp at prepare transaction, delete-on-abort/commit relations,
XID of subtransactions, and invalidation messages. These are helpful
when diagnosing 2PC-related troubles.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andrey Lepikhov, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Julien Rouhaud, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEvhASad4JJnCv=0dW2TJypZgW_Vpb-oZik2a3utCqcrA@mail.gmail.com
An upcoming patch that adds deduplication to the nbtree AM will rely on
_bt_keep_natts_fast() understanding that differences in TOAST input
state can never affect its answer. In particular, two opclass-equal
datums (with opclasses deemed safe for deduplication) should never be
treated as unequal by _bt_keep_natts_fast() due to TOAST input
differences.
This also seems like a good idea on general principle. nbtsplitloc.c
will now occasionally make better decisions about where to split a leaf
page. The behavior of _bt_keep_natts_fast() is now somewhat closer to
the behavior of _bt_keep_natts().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn3Ee49Gmxb7V1VJ3-AC8fWn-Fr8pfWQebHe8rYRxt5OQ@mail.gmail.com
If the passed in xid is the current top transaction, we can do a fast
check and exit early. This should work well for the current heap but
also works very well for proposed AMs that don't use a separate xid
for subtransactions.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, based on a suggestion from Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiv0k3hkEb3Oqk%3DziWqtyk2Jys1UOK5hwRBNeANT_yX%2Bng%40mail.gmail.com
nbtree index builds once stashed the "minimum key" for a page, which was
used as the basis of the pivot tuple that gets placed in the next level
up (i.e. the tuple that stores the downlink to the page in question).
It doesn't quite work that way anymore, so the "minimum key" terminology
now seems misleading (these days the minimum key is actually a straight
copy of the high key from the left sibling, which is a distinct thing in
subtle but important ways). Rename this concept to "low key". This
name is a lot clearer given that there is now a sharp distinction
between pivot and non-pivot tuples. Also remove comments that describe
obsolete details about how the minimum key concept used to work.
Rather than generating the minus infinity item for the leftmost page on
a level by copying the new item and truncating that copy, simply
allocate a small buffer. The old approach confusingly created the
impression that the new item had some kind of significance. This was
another artifact of how things used to work before commits 8224de4f and
dd299df8.
If there is the WAL page that the continuation WAL record just fits within
(i.e., the continuation record ends just at the end of the page) and
the LSN in such page is specified with -s option, previously pg_waldump
caused an assertion failure. The cause of this assertion failure was that
XLogFindNextRecord() that pg_waldump -s calls mistakenly handled
such special WAL page.
This commit changes XLogFindNextRecord() so that it can handle
such WAL page correctly.
Back-patch to all supported versions.
Author: Andrey Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/99303554-5dd5-06e6-f943-b3005ccd6edd@postgrespro.ru
When maintaining or merging patches, one of the most common sources
for conflicts are the list of objects in makefiles. Especially when
the split across lines has been changed on both sides, which is
somewhat common due to attempting to stay below 80 columns, those
conflicts are unnecessarily laborious to resolve.
By splitting, and alphabetically sorting, OBJS style lines into one
object per line, conflicts should be less frequent, and easier to
resolve when they still occur.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191029200901.vww4idgcxv74cwes@alap3.anarazel.de
Historically, the code to build relation options has been shaped the
same way in multiple code paths by using a set of datums in input with
the options parsed with a static table which is then filled with the
option values. This introduces a new common routine in reloptions.c to
do most of the legwork for the in-core code paths.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGsoSn_uTPPYT19WrtR7oYpYtv4CdS0xuedTKiHHWuk_g@mail.gmail.com
As the code stands, nEntries counts the number of ginEntryInsert()
calls, so that's what you end up with at the end of a GIN index build.
However, ginvacuumcleanup() recomputes nEntries as the number of
surviving leaf tuples, and that's generally consistent with the way that
gincostestimate() uses the value. So let's clearly define nEntries
as the number of leaf tuples, and therefore adjust ginEntryInsert() to
increment it only when we make a new one, not when we add TIDs into an
existing tuple or posting tree.
In practice this inconsistency probably has little impact, so I don't
feel a need to back-patch.
Insung Moon and Keisuke Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEMmqBuH_O-oXL+3_ArQ6F5cJ7kXVow2SGQB3HRacku_T+xkmA@mail.gmail.com
9155580 has changed the value of the first fake LSN for unlogged
relations from 1 to FirstNormalUnloggedLSN (aka 1000), GiST requiring a
non-zero LSN on some pages to allow an interlocking logic to work, but
its value was still initialized to 1 at the beginning of recovery or
after running pg_resetwal. This fixes the initialization for both code
paths.
Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB2503CE851940C17DE44AE3D9FE6F0@OSBPR01MB2503.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Backpatch-through: 12
We memorize all internal and empty leaf pages in the 1st vacuum stage for
gist indexes. They are used in the 2nd stage, to delete all the empty
pages. There was a memory context page_set_context for this purpose, but
we never used it.
Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 12, where it got introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LGr+MN0xHZpJ2dfS8QNQ1a_aROKowZB+MPNep8FVtwAA@mail.gmail.com
recovery_min_apply_delay parameter is intended for use with streaming
replication deployments. However, the document clearly explains that
the parameter will be honored in all cases if it's specified. So it should
take effect even if in archive recovery. But, previously, archive recovery
with recovery_min_apply_delay enabled always failed, and caused assertion
failure if --enable-caasert is enabled.
The cause of this problem is that; the ownership of recoveryWakeupLatch
that recovery_min_apply_delay uses was taken only when standby mode
is requested. So unowned latch could be used in archive recovery, and
which caused the failure.
This commit changes recovery code so that the ownership of
recoveryWakeupLatch is taken even in archive recovery. Which prevents
archive recovery with recovery_min_apply_delay from failing.
Back-patch to v9.4 where recovery_min_apply_delay was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEyD6HdZLfdWc+95g=VQFPR4zQL4n+yHxQgGEGjaSVheQ@mail.gmail.com
In v11 or before, this setting could not take effect in crash recovery
because it's specified in recovery.conf and crash recovery always
starts without recovery.conf. But commit 2dedf4d9a8 integrated
recovery.conf into postgresql.conf and which unexpectedly allowed
this setting to take effect even in crash recovery. This is definitely
not good behavior.
To fix the issue, this commit makes crash recovery always ignore
recovery_min_apply_delay setting.
Back-patch to v12 where the issue was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEyD6HdZLfdWc+95g=VQFPR4zQL4n+yHxQgGEGjaSVheQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e445616d-023e-a268-8aa1-67b8b335340c@pgmasters.net
In v11 or before, those settings could not take effect in crash recovery
because they are specified in recovery.conf and crash recovery always
starts without recovery.conf. But commit 2dedf4d9a8 integrated
recovery.conf into postgresql.conf and which unexpectedly allowed
those settings to take effect even in crash recovery. This is definitely
not good behavior.
To fix the issue, this commit makes crash recovery always ignore
restore_command and recovery_end_command settings.
Back-patch to v12 where the issue was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e445616d-023e-a268-8aa1-67b8b335340c@pgmasters.net
The file descriptor was opened with read-only to fsync a regular file,
which would cause EBADFD errors on some platforms.
This is similar to the recent fix done by a586cc4b (which was broken by
me with 82a5649), except that I noticed this issue while monitoring the
backend code for similar mistakes. Backpatch to 9.4, as this has been
introduced since logical decoding exists as of b89e151.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191006045548.GA14532@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 9.4
The old names for the attribute-detoasting functions names included
the word "heap," which seems outdated now that the heap is only one of
potentially many table access methods.
On the other hand, toast_insert_or_update and toast_delete are
heap-specific, so rename them by adding "heap_" as a prefix.
Not all of the work of making the TOAST system fully accessible to AMs
other than the heap is done yet, but there seems to be little harm in
getting this renaming out of the way now. Commit
8b94dab066 already divided up the
functions among various files partially according to whether it was
intended that they should be heap-specific or AM-agnostic, so this is
just clarifying the division contemplated by that commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
cbc55da has reworked the order of some actions at the end of archive
recovery. Unfortunately this overlooked the fact that the startup
process needs to remove RECOVERYXLOG (for temporary WAL segment newly
recovered from archives) and RECOVERYHISTORY (for temporary history
file) at this step, leaving the files around even after recovery ended.
Backpatch to 9.5, like the previous commit.
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBO_eDQub6zojFnWtnmutRBWvYf7=cW4Hsqj+U_R26w3Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Commit 4d0e994eed added support for partial TOAST decompression, so the
decompression is interrupted after producing the requested prefix. For
prefix and slices near the beginning of the entry, this may saves a lot
of decompression work.
That however only deals with decompression - the whole compressed entry
was still fetched and re-assembled, even though the compression used
only a small fraction of it. This commit improves that by computing how
much compressed data may be needed to decompress the requested prefix,
and then fetches only the necessary part.
We always need to fetch a bit more compressed data than the requested
(uncompressed) prefix, because the prefix may not be compressible at all
and pglz itself adds a bit of overhead. That means this optimization is
most effective when the requested prefix is much smaller than the whole
compressed entry.
Author: Binguo Bao
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Tomas Vondra, Paul Ramsey
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAL-OGkthU9Gs7TZchf5OWaL-Gsi=hXqufTxKv9qpNG73d5na_g@mail.gmail.com
In v11 or before, recovery target settings could not take effect in
crash recovery because they are specified in recovery.conf and
crash recovery always starts without recovery.conf. But commit
2dedf4d9a8 integrated recovery.conf into postgresql.conf and
which unexpectedly allowed recovery target settings to take effect
even in crash recovery. This is definitely not good behavior.
To fix the issue, this commit makes crash recovery always ignore
recovery target settings.
Back-patch to v12.
Author: Peter Eisentraut
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e445616d-023e-a268-8aa1-67b8b335340c@pgmasters.net
The code was enforcing AccessExclusiveLock for all custom relation
options, which is incorrect as the APIs allow a custom lock level to be
set.
While on it, fix a couple of inconsistencies in the tests and the README
of dummy_index_am.
Oversights in commit 773df88.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190925234152.GA2115@paquier.xyz
All our current in core relation options of type string (not many,
admittedly) behave in reality like enums. But after seeing an
implementation for enum reloptions, it's clear that strings are messier,
so introduce the new reloption type. Switch all string options to be
enums instead.
Fortunately we have a recently introduced test module for reloptions, so
we don't lose coverage of string reloptions, which may still be used by
third-party modules.
Authors: Nikolay Shaplov, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/43332102.S2V5pIjXRx@x200m
Relation options can define a lock mode other than AccessExclusiveMode
since 47167b7, but modules defining custom relation options did not
really have a way to enforce that. Correct that by extending the
current API set so as modules can define a custom lock mode.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920013831.GD1844@paquier.xyz
In-core relation options can use a custom lock mode since 47167b7, that
has lowered the lock available for some autovacuum parameters. However
it forgot to consider custom relation options. This causes failures
with ALTER TABLE SET when changing a custom relation option, as its lock
is not defined. The existing APIs to define a custom reloption does not
allow to define a custom lock mode, so enforce its initialization to
AccessExclusiveMode which should be safe enough in all cases. An
upcoming patch will extend the existing APIs to allow a custom lock mode
to be defined.
The problem can be reproduced with bloom indexes, so add a test there.
Reported-by: Nikolay Sharplov
Analyzed-by: Thomas Munro, Michael Paquier
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920013831.GD1844@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 9.6
The state-tracking of WAL reading in various places was pretty messy,
mostly because the ancient physical-replication WAL reading code wasn't
using the XLogReader abstraction. This led to some untidy code. Make
it prettier by creating two additional supporting structs,
WALSegmentContext and WALOpenSegment which keep track of WAL-reading
state. This makes code cleaner, as well as supports more future
cleanup.
Author: Antonin Houska
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera and (older versions) Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
When a relation is truncated, shared_buffers needs to be scanned
so that any buffers for the relation forks are invalidated in it.
Previously, shared_buffers was scanned for each relation forks, i.e.,
MAIN, FSM and VM, when VACUUM truncated off any empty pages
at the end of relation or TRUNCATE truncated the relation in place.
Since shared_buffers needed to be scanned multiple times,
it could take a long time to finish those commands especially
when shared_buffers was large.
This commit changes the logic so that shared_buffers is scanned only
one time for those three relation forks.
Author: Kirk Jamison
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Takayuki Tsunakawa and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D09B13F772D2274BB348A310EE3027C64E2067@g01jpexmbkw24
This commit improves subject in two ways:
* It removes ugliness of 02f90879e7, which stores distance values and null
flags in two separate arrays after GISTSearchItem struct. Instead we pack
both distance value and null flag in IndexOrderByDistance struct. Alignment
overhead should be negligible, because we typically deal with at most few
"col op const" expressions in ORDER BY clause.
* It fixes handling of "col op NULL" expression in KNN-SP-GiST. Now, these
expression are not passed to support functions, which can't deal with them.
Instead, NULL result is implicitly assumed. It future we may decide to
teach support functions to deal with NULL arguments, but current solution is
bugfix suitable for backpatch.
Reported-by: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/826f57ee-afc7-8977-c44c-6111d18b02ec%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Include newitemoff in rmgr desc output for nbtree page split records.
In passing, correct an obsolete comment that claimed that newitemoff is
only logged for _L variant nbtree page split WAL records.
Both issues were oversights in commit 2c03216d83, which revamped the
WAL format.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Backpatch: 9.5-, where the WAL format was revamped.
Assert that _bt_binsrch() binary searches with scantid set in insertion
scankey cannot be performed on leaf pages. Leaf-level binary searches
where scantid is set must use _bt_binsrch_insert() instead.
_bt_binsrch_insert() is likely to have additional responsibilities in
the future, such as searching within GIN-style posting lists using
scantid. It seems like a good idea to tighten things up now.
In order to implement NULL LAST semantic GiST previously assumed distance to
the NULL value to be Inf. However, our distance functions can return Inf and
NaN for non-null values. In such cases, NULL LAST semantic appears to be
broken. This commit fixes that by introducing separate array of null flags for
distances.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsNvNdA0DBS%2BwMpFrgwT6C3-q50sFVGLSiuWnV3FqOJuQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Previously plain float comparison was used in GiST pairing heap. Such
comparison doesn't provide proper ordering for value sets containing Inf and Nan
values. This commit fixes that by usage of float8_cmp_internal(). Note, there
is remaining problem with NULL distances, which are represented as Inf in
pairing heap. It would be fixes in subsequent commit.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Reported-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsNvNdA0DBS%2BwMpFrgwT6C3-q50sFVGLSiuWnV3FqOJuQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Backpatch-through: 9.4
When using COMMIT AND CHAIN or ROLLBACK AND CHAIN not in an explicit
transaction block, the previous implementation would leave a
transaction block active in the ROLLBACK case but not the COMMIT case.
To fix for now, error out when using these commands not in an explicit
transaction block. This restriction could be lifted if a sensible
definition and implementation is found.
Bug: #15977
Author: fn ln <emuser20140816@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
This moves much of the non-heap-specific logic from toast_delete and
toast_insert_or_update into a helper functions accessible via a new
header, toast_helper.h. Using the functions in this module, a table
AM can implement creation and deletion of TOAST table rows with
much less code duplication than was possible heretofore. Some
table AMs won't want to use the TOAST logic at all, but for those
that do this will make that easier.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously even if postmaster died and WaitLatch() woke up with that event
while pg_promote() was waiting for the standby promotion to finish,
pg_promote() did nothing special and kept waiting until timeout occurred.
This could cause a busy loop.
This patch make pg_promote() return false immediately when postmaster
dies, to avoid such a busy loop.
Back-patch to v12 where pg_promote() was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEs9ROgSp+QF+YdDU+xP8W=CY1k-_Ov-d_Z3JY+to3eXA@mail.gmail.com
detoast.c/h contain functions required to detoast a datum, partially
or completely, plus a few other utility functions for examining the
size of toasted datums.
toast_internals.c/h contain functions that are used internally to the
TOAST subsystem but which (mostly) do not need to be accessed from
outside.
heaptoast.c/h contains code that is intrinsically specific to the
heap AM, either because it operates on HeapTuples or is based on the
layout of a heap page.
detoast.c and toast_internals.c are placed in
src/backend/access/common rather than src/backend/access/heap. At
present, both files still have dependencies on the heap, but that will
be improved in a future commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
This function is only used by xlogreader.c itself, so there's no need to
export it. It was introduced by commit 3b02ea4f07 with the apparent
intention that it could be used externally, but I couldn't find any
external code calling it.
I (Álvaro) couldn't resist the urge to sort nearby function prototypes
properly while at it.
Author: Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
The message was included as a parameter when this function was added in
dcb2bda9b7, but I don't think it has ever served any useful purpose.
Let's stop spreading it pointlessly.
Reviewed by Amit Langote and Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190806224728.GA17233@alvherre.pgsql
In what seems like a fit of misplaced optimization,
ExtractReplicaIdentity() accessed the relation's replica-identity
index without taking any lock on it. Usually, the surrounding query
already holds some lock so this is safe enough ... but in the case
of a previously-planned delete, there might be no existing lock.
Given a suitable test case, this is exposed in v12 and HEAD by an
assertion added by commit b04aeb0a0.
The whole thing's rather poorly thought out anyway; rather than
looking directly at the index, we should use the index-attributes
bitmap that's held by the parent table's relcache entry, as the
caller functions do. This is more consistent and likely a bit
faster, since it avoids a cache lookup. Hence, change to doing it
that way.
While at it, rather than blithely assuming that the identity
columns are non-null (with catastrophic results if that's wrong),
add assertion checks that they aren't null. Possibly those should
be actual test-and-elog, but I'll leave it like this for now.
In principle, this is a bug that's been there since this code was
introduced (in 9.4). In practice, the risk seems quite low, since
we do have a lock on the index's parent table, so concurrent
changes to the index's catalog entries seem unlikely. Given the
precedent that commit 9c703c169 wasn't back-patched, I won't risk
back-patching this further than v12.
Per report from Hadi Moshayedi.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAK=1=Wrek44Ese1V7LjKiQS-Nd-5LgLi_5_CskGbpggKEf3tKQ@mail.gmail.com
The comment did not match what the code actually did for integers with
the 43rd bit set. You get an integer like that, if you have a posting
list with two adjacent TIDs that are more than 2^31 blocks apart.
According to the comment, we would store that in 6 bytes, with no
continuation bit on the 6th byte, but in reality, the code encodes it
using 7 bytes, with a continuation bit on the 6th byte as normal.
The decoding routine also handled these 7-byte integers correctly, except
for an overflow check that assumed that one integer needs at most 6 bytes.
Fix the overflow check, and fix the comment to match what the code
actually does. Also fix the comment that claimed that there are 17 unused
bits in the 64-bit representation of an item pointer. In reality, there
are 64-32-11=21.
Fitting any item pointer into max 6 bytes was an important property when
this was written, because in the old pre-9.4 format, item pointers were
stored as plain arrays, with 6 bytes for every item pointer. The maximum
of 6 bytes per integer in the new format guaranteed that we could convert
any page from the old format to the new format after upgrade, so that the
new format was never larger than the old format. But we hardly need to
worry about that anymore, and running into that problem during upgrade,
where an item pointer is expanded from 6 to 7 bytes such that the data
doesn't fit on a page anymore, is implausible in practice anyway.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
This also includes a little test module to test these large distances
between item pointers, without requiring a 16 TB table. It is not
backpatched, I'm including it more for the benefit of future development
of new posting list formats.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/33bfc20a-5c86-f50c-f5a5-58e9925d05ff%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Alexander Korotkov
Commit efada2b8e9, which made the nbtree page deletion algorithm more
robust, removed the concept of a half-dead internal page. Remove a
comment about half dead parent pages that was overlooked.
The Postgres approach to coupling locks during an ascent of the tree is
slightly different to the approach taken by Lehman and Yao. Add a new
paragraph to the "Differences to the Lehman & Yao algorithm" section of
the nbtree README that explains the similarities and differences.
Adjust the struct comment that describes how page splits use their
descent stack to cascade up the tree from the leaf level.
In passing, fix up some unrelated nbtree comments that had typos or were
obsolete.
The initial value of the nbtree stack downlink block number field
recorded during an initial descent of the tree wasn't actually used.
Both _bt_getstackbuf() callers overwrote the value with their own value.
Remove the block number field from the stack struct, and add a child
block number argument to _bt_getstackbuf() in its place. This makes the
overall design of _bt_getstackbuf() clearer.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmx+UbXt2YNOUCZ-a04VdXU=S=OHuAuD7Z8uQq-PXTYUg@mail.gmail.com
Commit d2086b08b0 removed almost all cases where nbtree must release a
read buffer lock and acquire a write buffer lock instead, so remaining
cases in which that's still necessary are not notable enough to appear
in the nbtree README.
More importantly, holding on to a buffer pin in cases where nbtree must
trade a read lock for a write lock is very unlikely to save any I/O.
This seems to have been a long overlooked throwback to a time when
nbtree cared about write-ordering dependencies, and performed
synchronous buffer writes. It hasn't worked that way in many years.
Use the PageIndexTupleOverwrite() bufpage.c routine within nbtree
instead of deleting a tuple and re-inserting its replacement. This
makes the intent of affected code slightly clearer. It also makes
CREATE INDEX slightly faster, since there is no longer a need to shift
every leaf page's line pointer array back and forth during index builds.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Anastasia Lubennikova
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=Zk=B9+Vwm376WuO7YTjFc2SSskifQm4Nme3RRRPtOSQ@mail.gmail.com
In serializable mode, heap_hot_search_buffer() incorrectly acquired a
predicate lock on the root tuple, not the returned tuple that satisfied
the visibility checks. As explained in README-SSI, the predicate lock does
not need to be copied or extended to other tuple versions, but for that to
work, the correct, visible, tuple version must be locked in the first
place.
The original SSI commit had this bug in it, but it was fixed back in 2013,
in commit 81fbbfe335. But unfortunately, it was reintroduced a few months
later in commit b89e151054. Wising up from that, add a regression test
to cover this, so that it doesn't get reintroduced again. Also, move the
code that sets 't_self', so that it happens at the same time that the
other HeapTuple fields are set, to make it more clear that all the code in
the loop operate on the "current" tuple in the chain, not the root tuple.
Bug spotted by Andres Freund, analysis and original fix by Thomas Munro,
test case and some additional changes to the fix by Heikki Linnakangas.
Backpatch to all supported versions (9.4).
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20190731210630.nqhszuktygwftjty%40alap3.anarazel.de
Otherwise, after a deleted page gets even older, it becomes unrecyclable
again. B-tree has the same problem, and has had since time immemorial,
but let's at least fix this in GiST, where this is new.
Backpatch to v12, where GiST page deletion was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/835A15A5-F1B4-4446-A711-BF48357EB602%40yandex-team.ru
The explicit check in gistScanPage() isn't currently really necessary, as
a deleted page is always empty, so the loop would fall through without
doing anything, anyway. But it's a marginal optimization, and it gives a
nice place to attach a comment to explain how it works.
Backpatch to v12, where GiST page deletion was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/835A15A5-F1B4-4446-A711-BF48357EB602%40yandex-team.ru
Commit 857f9c36cd, which taught nbtree VACUUM to avoid unnecessary
index scans, bumped the nbtree version number from 2 to 3, while adding
the ability for nbtree indexes to be upgraded on-the-fly. Various
assertions that assumed that an nbtree index was always on version 2 had
to be changed to accept any supported version (version 2 or 3 on
Postgres 11).
However, a few assertions were missed in the initial commit, all of
which were in code paths that cache a local copy of the metapage
metadata, where the index had been expected to be on the current version
(no longer version 2) as a generic sanity check. Rather than simply
update the assertions, follow-up commit 0a64b45152 intentionally made
the metapage caching code update the per-backend cached metadata version
without changing the on-disk version at the same time. This could even
happen when the planner needed to determine the height of a B-Tree for
costing purposes. The assertions only fail on Postgres v12 when
upgrading from v10, because they were adjusted to use the authoritative
shared memory metapage by v12's commit dd299df8.
To fix, remove the cache-only upgrade mechanism entirely, and update the
assertions themselves to accept any supported version (go back to using
the cached version in v12). The fix is almost a full revert of commit
0a64b45152 on the v11 branch.
VACUUM only considers the authoritative metapage, and never bothers with
a locally cached version, whereas everywhere else isn't interested in
the metapage fields that were added by commit 857f9c36cd. It seems
unlikely that this bug has affected any user on v11.
Reported-By: Christoph Berg
Bug: #15896
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15896-5b25e260fdb0b081%40postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where VACUUM was taught to avoid unnecessary index scans.
Formerly, lcons was about the same speed as lappend, but with the new
List implementation, that's not so; with a long List, data movement
imposes an O(N) cost on lcons and list_delete_first, but not lappend.
Hence, invent list_delete_last with semantics parallel to
list_delete_first (but O(1) cost), and change various places to use
lappend and list_delete_last where this can be done without much
violence to the code logic.
There are quite a few places that construct result lists using lcons not
lappend. Some have semantic rationales for that; I added comments about
it to a couple that didn't have them already. In many such places though,
I think the coding is that way only because back in the dark ages lcons
was faster than lappend. Hence, switch to lappend where this can be done
without causing semantic changes.
In ExecInitExprRec(), this results in aggregates and window functions that
are in the same plan node being executed in a different order than before.
Generally, the executions of such functions ought to be independent of
each other, so this shouldn't result in visibly different query results.
But if you push it, as one regression test case does, you can show that
the order is different. The new order seems saner; it's closer to
the order of the functions in the query text. And we never documented
or promised anything about this, anyway.
Also, in gistfinishsplit(), don't bother building a reverse-order list;
it's easy now to iterate backwards through the original list.
It'd be possible to go further towards removing uses of lcons and
list_delete_first, but it'd require more extensive logic changes,
and I'm not convinced it's worth it. Most of the remaining uses
deal with queues that probably never get long enough to be worth
sweating over. (Actually, I doubt that any of the changes in this
patch will have measurable performance effects either. But better
to have good examples than bad ones in the code base.)
Patch by me, thanks to David Rowley and Daniel Gustafsson for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21272.1563318411@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is numbered take 7, and addresses a set of issues around:
- Fixes for typos and incorrect reference names.
- Removal of unneeded comments.
- Removal of unreferenced functions and structures.
- Fixes regarding variable name consistency.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10bfd4ac-3e7c-40ab-2b2e-355ed15495e8@gmail.com
The logic just added by commit e3899ffd falls back on a 50:50 page split
in the event of a new item that's just to the right of our provisional
"many duplicates" split point. Fix a comment that incorrectly claimed
that the new item had to be just to the left of our provisional split
point.
Backpatch: 12-, just like commit e3899ffd.
Specific ever-decreasing insertion patterns could cause successive
unbalanced nbtree page splits. Problem cases involve a large group of
duplicates to the left, and ever-decreasing insertions to the right.
To fix, detect the situation by considering the newitem offset before
performing a split using nbtsplitloc.c's "many duplicates" strategy. If
the new item was inserted just to the right of our provisional "many
duplicates" split point, infer ever-decreasing insertions and fall back
on a 50:50 (space delta optimal) split. This seems to barely affect
cases that already had acceptable space utilization.
An alternative fix also seems possible. Instead of changing
nbtsplitloc.c split choice logic, we could instead teach _bt_truncate()
to generate a new value for new high keys by interpolating from the
lastleft and firstright key values. That would certainly be a more
elegant fix, but it isn't suitable for backpatching.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznCNvhZpxa__GqAa1fgQ9uYdVc=_apArkW2nc-K3O7_NA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-, where the nbtree page split enhancements were introduced.
Originally, Postgres Lists were a more or less exact reimplementation of
Lisp lists, which consist of chains of separately-allocated cons cells,
each having a value and a next-cell link. We'd hacked that once before
(commit d0b4399d8) to add a separate List header, but the data was still
in cons cells. That makes some operations -- notably list_nth() -- O(N),
and it's bulky because of the next-cell pointers and per-cell palloc
overhead, and it's very cache-unfriendly if the cons cells end up
scattered around rather than being adjacent.
In this rewrite, we still have List headers, but the data is in a
resizable array of values, with no next-cell links. Now we need at
most two palloc's per List, and often only one, since we can allocate
some values in the same palloc call as the List header. (Of course,
extending an existing List may require repalloc's to enlarge the array.
But this involves just O(log N) allocations not O(N).)
Of course this is not without downsides. The key difficulty is that
addition or deletion of a list entry may now cause other entries to
move, which it did not before.
For example, that breaks foreach() and sister macros, which historically
used a pointer to the current cons-cell as loop state. We can repair
those macros transparently by making their actual loop state be an
integer list index; the exposed "ListCell *" pointer is no longer state
carried across loop iterations, but is just a derived value. (In
practice, modern compilers can optimize things back to having just one
loop state value, at least for simple cases with inline loop bodies.)
In principle, this is a semantics change for cases where the loop body
inserts or deletes list entries ahead of the current loop index; but
I found no such cases in the Postgres code.
The change is not at all transparent for code that doesn't use foreach()
but chases lists "by hand" using lnext(). The largest share of such
code in the backend is in loops that were maintaining "prev" and "next"
variables in addition to the current-cell pointer, in order to delete
list cells efficiently using list_delete_cell(). However, we no longer
need a previous-cell pointer to delete a list cell efficiently. Keeping
a next-cell pointer doesn't work, as explained above, but we can improve
matters by changing such code to use a regular foreach() loop and then
using the new macro foreach_delete_current() to delete the current cell.
(This macro knows how to update the associated foreach loop's state so
that no cells will be missed in the traversal.)
There remains a nontrivial risk of code assuming that a ListCell *
pointer will remain good over an operation that could now move the list
contents. To help catch such errors, list.c can be compiled with a new
define symbol DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE that forcibly moves list contents
whenever that could possibly happen. This makes list operations
significantly more expensive so it's not normally turned on (though it
is on by default if USE_VALGRIND is on).
There are two notable API differences from the previous code:
* lnext() now requires the List's header pointer in addition to the
current cell's address.
* list_delete_cell() no longer requires a previous-cell argument.
These changes are somewhat unfortunate, but on the other hand code using
either function needs inspection to see if it is assuming anything
it shouldn't, so it's not all bad.
Programmers should be aware of these significant performance changes:
* list_nth() and related functions are now O(1); so there's no
major access-speed difference between a list and an array.
* Inserting or deleting a list element now takes time proportional to
the distance to the end of the list, due to moving the array elements.
(However, it typically *doesn't* require palloc or pfree, so except in
long lists it's probably still faster than before.) Notably, lcons()
used to be about the same cost as lappend(), but that's no longer true
if the list is long. Code that uses lcons() and list_delete_first()
to maintain a stack might usefully be rewritten to push and pop at the
end of the list rather than the beginning.
* There are now list_insert_nth...() and list_delete_nth...() functions
that add or remove a list cell identified by index. These have the
data-movement penalty explained above, but there's no search penalty.
* list_concat() and variants now copy the second list's data into
storage belonging to the first list, so there is no longer any
sharing of cells between the input lists. The second argument is
now declared "const List *" to reflect that it isn't changed.
This patch just does the minimum needed to get the new implementation
in place and fix bugs exposed by the regression tests. As suggested
by the foregoing, there's a fair amount of followup work remaining to
do.
Also, the ENABLE_LIST_COMPAT macros are finally removed in this
commit. Code using those should have been gone a dozen years ago.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley, Jesper Pedersen, and others
for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
In order to be able to work with FullTransactionId values during replay
without increasing the size of the WAL, infer the epoch. In general we
can't do that safely, but during replay we can because we know that
nextFullXid can't advance concurrently.
Prevent frontend code from seeing this new function, due to the above
restriction. Perhaps in future it will be possible to extract the value
entirely from independent WAL records, and then this restriction can be
lifted.
Author: Thomas Munro, based on earlier code from Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BmLmuDjMi6o1dxkKvGRL56Y2Rz%2BiXAcrZV03G9ZuFQ8Q%40mail.gmail.com
Index-based calculation of this operator is exact. So, signature of
gist_bbox_distance() function is changes so that caller is responsible for
setting *recheck flag.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
This can cause valgrind to complain, as the flag marking a buffer as a
temporary copy was not getting initialized.
While on it, fill in with zeros newly-created buffer pages. This does
not matter when loading a block from a temporary file, but it makes the
push of an index tuple into a new buffer page safer.
This has been introduced by 1d27dcf, so backpatch all the way down to
9.4.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15899-0d24fb273b3dd90c@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Most block-based table AMs will need the exact same implementation of
the relation_size callback as the heap, and if they use a standard
page layout, they will likely need an implementation of the
relation_estimate_size callback that is very similar to that of the
heap. Rearrange to facilitate code reuse.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustafsson, and
Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ6DBPnP1E-vRpQZUJQijJFD54F+SR_pxGiAAS-MyrigA@mail.gmail.com
This addresses a couple of issues in the code:
- Typos and inconsistencies in comments and function declarations.
- Removal of unreferenced function declarations.
- Removal of unnecessary compile flags.
- A cleanup error in regressplans.sh.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c991fdf-2670-1997-c027-772a420c4604@gmail.com
Because there is no portable int64/uint64 format specifier and we
can't stick macros like INT64_FORMAT into the middle of a translatable
string, we have been using various workarounds that put the number to
be printed into a string buffer first. Now that we always use our own
sprintf(), we can rely on %lld and %llu to work, so we can use those.
This patch undoes this workaround in a few places where it was
egregiously verbose.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAH2-Wz%3DWbNxc5ob5NJ9yqo2RMJ0q4HXDS30GVCobeCvC9A1L9A%40mail.gmail.com
This changes various places where appendPQExpBuffer was used in places
where it was possible to use appendPQExpBufferStr, and likewise for
appendStringInfo and appendStringInfoString. This is really just a
stylistic improvement, but there are also small performance gains to be
had from doing this.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9P=M-3ULmPvr8iCno8yvfDViHibJjpriHU8+SXUgeZ=w@mail.gmail.com
Instead of calling pg_lsn_in() in check_recovery_target_lsn and
timestamptz_in() in check_recovery_target_time, reorganize the
respective code so that we don't raise any errors in the check hooks.
The previous code tried to use PG_TRY/PG_CATCH to handle errors in a
way that is not safe, so now the code contains no ereport() calls and
can operate safely within the GUC error handling system.
Moreover, since the interpretation of the recovery_target_time string
may depend on the time zone, we cannot do the final processing of that
string until all the GUC processing is done. Instead,
check_recovery_target_time() now does some parsing for syntax
checking, but the actual conversion to a timestamptz value is done
later in the recovery code that uses it.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190611061115.njjwkagvxp4qujhp%40alap3.anarazel.de
a96c41f has introduced the option for heap, but it still lacked the
variant to control the behavior for toast relations.
While on it, refactor the tests so as they stress more scenarios with
the various values that vacuum_index_cleanup can use. It would be
useful to couple those tests with pageinspect to check that pages are
actually cleaned up, but this is left for later.
Author: Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCqs8iN04RX=i1KtLSaX5RrTEM04b7NHYps4+rqtpWNEg@mail.gmail.com
This record uses one metadata buffer and registers some data associated
to the buffer, but when parsing the record for its description a direct
access to the record data was done, but there is none. This leads
usually to an incorrect description, but can also cause crashes like in
pg_waldump. Instead, fix things so as the parsing uses the data
associated to the metadata block.
This is an oversight from 3d92796, so backpatch down to 11.
Author: Michael Paquier
Description: https://postgr.es/m/20190617013059.GA3153@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
This fixes an embarrassing oversight I (Andres) made in 737a292b,
namely missing two place where liverows/deadrows were used when
converting those variables to pointers, leading to incrementing the
pointer, rather than the value.
It's not that actually that easy to trigger a crash: One needs tuples
deleted by the current transaction, followed by a tuple deleted in
another session, all in one page. Which is presumably why this hasn't
been noticed before.
Reported-By: Steve Singer
Author: Steve Singer
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c7988239-d42c-ddc4-41db-171b23b35e4f@ssinger.info
This puts back reverted commit de87a084c0, with some bug fixes.
When two (or more) transactions are waiting for transaction T1 to release a
tuple-level lock, and transaction T1 upgrades its lock to a higher level, a
spurious deadlock can be reported among the waiting transactions when T1
finishes. The simplest example case seems to be:
T1: select id from job where name = 'a' for key share;
Y: select id from job where name = 'a' for update; -- starts waiting for T1
Z: select id from job where name = 'a' for key share;
T1: update job set name = 'b' where id = 1;
Z: update job set name = 'c' where id = 1; -- starts waiting for T1
T1: rollback;
At this point, transaction Y is rolled back on account of a deadlock: Y
holds the heavyweight tuple lock and is waiting for the Xmax to be released,
while Z holds part of the multixact and tries to acquire the heavyweight
lock (per protocol) and goes to sleep; once T1 releases its part of the
multixact, Z is awakened only to be put back to sleep on the heavyweight
lock that Y is holding while sleeping. Kaboom.
This can be avoided by having Z skip the heavyweight lock acquisition. As
far as I can see, the biggest downside is that if there are multiple Z
transactions, the order in which they resume after T1 finishes is not
guaranteed.
Backpatch to 9.6. The patch applies cleanly on 9.5, but the new tests don't
work there (because isolationtester is not smart enough), so I'm not going
to risk it.
Author: Oleksii Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B9C9D7CD-EB94-4635-91B6-E558ACEC0EC3@hintbits.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2815.1560521451@sss.pgh.pa.us
This reverts commits 3da73d6839 and de87a084c0.
This code has some tricky corner cases that I'm not sure are correct and
not properly tested anyway, so I'm reverting the whole thing for next
week's releases (reintroducing the deadlock bug that we set to fix).
I'll try again afterwards.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1hbXKQ-0003g1-0C@gemulon.postgresql.org
When two (or more) transactions are waiting for transaction T1 to release a
tuple-level lock, and transaction T1 upgrades its lock to a higher level, a
spurious deadlock can be reported among the waiting transactions when T1
finishes. The simplest example case seems to be:
T1: select id from job where name = 'a' for key share;
Y: select id from job where name = 'a' for update; -- starts waiting for X
Z: select id from job where name = 'a' for key share;
T1: update job set name = 'b' where id = 1;
Z: update job set name = 'c' where id = 1; -- starts waiting for X
T1: rollback;
At this point, transaction Y is rolled back on account of a deadlock: Y
holds the heavyweight tuple lock and is waiting for the Xmax to be released,
while Z holds part of the multixact and tries to acquire the heavyweight
lock (per protocol) and goes to sleep; once X releases its part of the
multixact, Z is awakened only to be put back to sleep on the heavyweight
lock that Y is holding while sleeping. Kaboom.
This can be avoided by having Z skip the heavyweight lock acquisition. As
far as I can see, the biggest downside is that if there are multiple Z
transactions, the order in which they resume after X finishes is not
guaranteed.
Backpatch to 9.6. The patch applies cleanly on 9.5, but the new tests don't
work there (because isolationtester is not smart enough), so I'm not going
to risk it.
Author: Oleksii Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B9C9D7CD-EB94-4635-91B6-E558ACEC0EC3@hintbits.com
Vignesh found this bug in the check function for
default_table_access_method's check hook, but that was just copied
from older GUCs. Investigation by Michael and me then found the bug in
further places.
When not connected to a database (e.g. in a walsender connection), we
cannot perform (most) GUC checks that need database access. Even when
only shared tables are needed, unless they're
nailed (c.f. RelationCacheInitializePhase2()), they cannot be accessed
without pg_class etc. being present.
Fix by extending the existing IsTransactionState() checks to also
check for MyDatabaseOid.
Reported-By: Vignesh C, Michael Paquier, Andres Freund
Author: Vignesh C, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1KXK9gbZfY-p_peRFm_XrBh1OwQO1Kk6Gig0c0fVZ2uw%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 9.4-
There were a number of issues in the recent commits which include typos,
code and comments mismatch, leftover function declarations. Fix them.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Alexander Lakhin, Amit Kapila and Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ef0c0232-0c1d-3a35-63d4-0ebd06e31387@gmail.com
Some of the wrapper functions didn't match the callback names. Many of
them due to staying "consistent" with historic naming of the wrapped
functionality. We decided that for most cases it's more important to
be for tableam to be consistent going forward, than with the past.
The one exception is beginscan/endscan/... because it'd have looked
odd to have systable_beginscan/endscan/... with a different naming
scheme, and changing the systable_* APIs would have caused way too
much churn (including breaking a lot of external users).
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, with some small additions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiugyrXZfX7n0ORCa4L-m834dzmaE8eFdbNR6PMpetU4Ww@mail.gmail.com
This is still using the 2.0 version of pg_bsd_indent.
I thought it would be good to commit this separately,
so as to document the differences between 2.0 and 2.1 behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16296.1558103386@sss.pgh.pa.us
Before this commit, when ANALYZE was run on a table and serializable
was used (either by virtue of an explicit BEGIN TRANSACTION ISOLATION
LEVEL SERIALIZABLE, or default_transaction_isolation being set to
serializable) a null pointer dereference lead to a crash.
The analyze scan doesn't need a snapshot (nor predicate locking), but
before this commit a scan only contained information about being a
bitmap or sample scan.
Refactor the option passing to the scan_begin callback to use a
bitmask instead. Alternatively we could have added a new boolean
parameter, but that seems harder to read. Even before this issue
various people (Heikki, Tom, Robert) suggested doing so.
These changes don't change the scan APIs outside of tableam. The flags
argument could be exposed, it's not necessary to fix this
problem. Also the wrapper table_beginscan* functions encapsulate most
of that complexity.
After these changes fixing the bug is trivial, just don't acquire
predicate lock for analyze style scans. That was already done for
bitmap heap scans. Add an assert that a snapshot is passed when
acquiring the predicate lock, so this kind of bug doesn't require
running with serializable.
Also add a comment about sample scans currently requiring predicate
locking the entire relation, that previously wasn't remarked upon.
Reported-By: Joe Wildish
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/4EA80A20-E9BF-49F1-9F01-5B66CAB21453@elusive.cxhttps://postgr.es/m/20190411164947.nkii4gaeilt4bui7@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190518203102.g7peu2fianukjuxm@alap3.anarazel.de
Instead add a tableam callback to do so. To avoid adding per
validation overhead, pass a scan to tuple_tid_valid. In heap's case
we'd otherwise incurred a RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() call for each
tid - which'd have added noticable overhead to nodeTidscan.c.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Ashwin Agrawal
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190515185447.gno2jtqxyktylyvs@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously various parts of the code routed size requests through
RelationGetNumberOfBlocks[InFork]. That works if md.c is used by the
AM, but not otherwise.
Add a tableam callback to return the size of the table. As not every
AM will use postgres' BLCKSZ, have it return bytes, and have
RelationGetNumberOfBlocksInFork() round the byte size up into blocks.
To allow code outside of the AM to determine the actual relation size
map InvalidForkNumber the total size of a relation, as not every AM
might just need the postgres defined forks.
A few users of RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() ought to be converted away
from that. One case, the use of it to determine whether a tid is
valid, will be fixed in a follow up commit. Others will have to wait
for v13.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190423225201.3bbv6tbqzkb5w7cw@alap3.anarazel.de
It's not safe for nbtree VACUUM to attempt to delete a target page whose
right sibling is already half-dead, since that would fail the
cross-check when VACUUM attempts to re-find a downlink to the right
sibling in the parent page. Logic to prevent this from happening was
added by commit 8da3183780, which addressed a bug in the overhaul of
page deletion that went into PostgreSQL 9.4 (commit efada2b8e9).
VACUUM was made to check the right sibling page, and back off when it
happened to be half-dead already.
However, it is only truly necessary to do the right sibling check on the
leaf level, since that transitively determines if the deletion target's
parent's right sibling page is itself undergoing deletion. Remove the
internal page level check, and add a comment explaining why the leaf
level check alone suffices.
The extra check is also unnecessary due to the fact that internal pages
that are marked half-dead are generally considered corrupt. Commit
efada2b8e9 established the principle that there should never be
half-dead internal pages (internal pages pending deletion are possible,
but that status is never directly represented in the internal page).
VACUUM will complain about corruption when it encounters half-dead
internal pages, so VACUUM is bound to raise an error one way or another
when an nbtree index has a half-dead internal page (contrib/amcheck will
also report that the page is corrupt).
It's possible that a pg_upgrade'd 9.3 database will still have half-dead
internal pages, so it may seem like there is an argument for leaving the
check in place to reliably get a cleaner error message that advises the
user to REINDEX. However, leaf pages are also deleted in the first
phase of deletion prior to PostgreSQL 9.4, so I believe we won't even
attempt to re-find the parent page anyway (we won't have the fully
deleted leaf page as the right sibling of our target page, so we won't
even try to find a downlink for it).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm_ntmqJjWLRyKzimFmFvk+BnVAvUpaA4s1h9Ja58woaQ@mail.gmail.com
Remove a Berkeley-era comment above _bt_insertonpg() that admonishes the
reader to grok Lehman and Yao's paper before making any changes. This
made a certain amount of sense back when _bt_insertonpg() was
responsible for most of the things that are now spread across
_bt_insertonpg(), _bt_findinsertloc(), _bt_insert_parent(), and
_bt_split(), but it doesn't work like that anymore.
I believe that this comment alludes to the need to "couple" or "crab"
buffer locks as we ascend the tree as page splits cascade upwards. The
nbtree README already explains this in detail, which seems sufficient.
Besides, the changes to page splits made by commit 40dae7ec53 altered
the exact details of how buffer locks are retained during splits; Lehman
and Yao's original algorithm seems to release the lock on the left child
page/buffer slightly earlier than _bt_insertonpg()/_bt_insert_parent()
can.
Commit fab25024, which taught nbtree to choose candidate split points
more carefully, had _bt_findsplitloc() record all possible split points
in an initial pass over a page that is about to be split. The order
that candidate split points were processed and stored in was assumed to
match the offset number order of split points on an imaginary version of
the page that contains the same items as the original, but also fits
newitem (the item that provoked the split precisely because it didn't
fit).
However, the order of split points in the final array was not quite what
was expected: the split point that makes newitem the firstright item
came after the split point that makes newitem the lastleft item -- not
before. As a result, _bt_findsplitloc() could get confused about the
leftmost and rightmost tuples among all possible split points recorded
for the page. This seems to have no appreciable impact on the quality
of the final split point chosen by _bt_findsplitloc(), but it's still
wrong.
To fix, switch the order in which newitem candidate splits are recorded
in. This also makes it possible to describe candidate split points in
terms of which pair of adjoining tuples enclose the split point within
_bt_findsplitloc(), making it clearer why it's generally safe for
_bt_split() to expect lastleft and firstright tuples.
For some reason both callsite and the implementation for heapam had
the meaning inverted (i.e. succeeded == true was passed in case of
conflict). That's confusing.
I (Andres) briefly pondered whether it'd be better to rename
table_complete_speculative's argument to 'bool specConflict' or such,
but decided not to. The 'complete' in the function name for me makes
`succeeded` sound a bit better.
Reported-By: Ashwin Agrawal, Melanie Plageman, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeitk7-TACwYv3hCw45FNPjkA86RfXg4iQ5kAOPhR+F1Y4w@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/97673451-339f-b21e-a781-998d06b1067c@iki.fi
As we descend the GiST tree during insertion, we modify any downlinks on
the way down to include the new tuple we're about to insert (if they don't
cover it already). Modifying an existing downlink might cause an internal
page to split, if the new downlink tuple is larger than the old one. If
that happens, we need to back up to the parent and re-choose a page to
insert to. We used to detect that situation, thanks to the NSN-LSN
interlock normally used to detect concurrent page splits, but that got
broken by commit 9155580fd5. With that commit, we now use a dummy constant
LSN value for every page during index build, so the LSN-NSN interlock no
longer works. I thought that was OK because there can't be any other
backends modifying the index during index build, but missed that the
insertion itself can modify the page we're inserting to. The consequence
was that we would sometimes insert the new tuple to an incorrect page, one
whose downlink doesn't cover the new tuple.
To fix, add a flag to the stack that keeps track of the state while
descending tree, to indicate that a page was split, and that we need to
retry the descend from the parent.
Thomas Munro first reported that the contrib/intarray regression test was
failing occasionally on the buildfarm after commit 9155580fd5. The failure
was intermittent, because the gistchoose() function is not deterministic,
and would only occasionally create the right circumstances for this bug to
cause the failure.
Patch by Anastasia Lubennikova, with some changes by me to make it work
correctly also when the internal page split also causes the "grandparent"
to be split.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGJRzLo7tZExWfSbwM3XuK7aAK7FhdBV0FLkbUG%2BW0v0zg%40mail.gmail.com
The conditions listed in this comment have changed several times, and at
some point the thing that the "if so" referred to was negated.
The text was OK up to 9.6. It was differently wrong in v10, v11 and
master, so fix in all those versions.
The term "item pointer" should not be used to refer to ItemIdData
variables, since that is needlessly ambiguous. Only
ItemPointerData/ItemPointer variables should be called item pointers.
To fix, establish the convention that ItemIdData variables should always
be referred to either as "item identifiers" or "line pointers". The
term "item identifier" already predominates in docs and translatable
messages, and so should be the preferred alternative there.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=c=MZQjUzde3o9+2PLAPuHTpVZPPdYxN=E4ndQ2--8ew@mail.gmail.com
Commit 8fa30f906b reduced the elevel of a number of "can't happen"
_bt_split() errors from PANIC to ERROR. At the same time, the new right
page buffer for the split could continue to be acquired well before the
critical section. This was possible because it was relatively
straightforward to make sure that _bt_split() could not throw an error,
with a few specific exceptions. The exceptional cases were safe because
they involved specific, well understood errors, making it possible to
consistently zero the right page before actually raising an error using
elog(). There was no danger of leaving around a junk page, provided
_bt_split() stuck to this coding rule.
Commit 8224de4f, which introduced INCLUDE indexes, added code to make
_bt_split() truncate away non-key attributes. This happened at a point
that broke the rule around zeroing the right page in _bt_split(). If
truncation failed (perhaps due to palloc() failure), that would result
in an errant right page buffer with junk contents. This could confuse
VACUUM when it attempted to delete the page, and should be avoided on
general principle.
To fix, reorganize _bt_split() so that truncation occurs before the new
right page buffer is even acquired. A junk page/buffer will not be left
behind if _bt_nonkey_truncate()/_bt_truncate() raise an error.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkcWT_-NH7EeL=Az4efg0KCV+wArygW8zKB=+HoP=VWMw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-, where INCLUDE indexes were introduced.
The right way for IsCatalogRelation/Class to behave is to return true
for OIDs less than FirstBootstrapObjectId (not FirstNormalObjectId),
without any of the ad-hoc fooling around with schema membership.
The previous code was wrong because (1) it claimed that
information_schema tables were not catalog relations but their toast
tables were, which is silly; and (2) if you dropped and recreated
information_schema, which is a supported operation, the behavior
changed. That's even sillier. With this definition, "catalog
relations" are exactly the ones traceable to the postgres.bki data,
which seems like what we want.
With this simplification, we don't actually need access to the pg_class
tuple to identify a catalog relation; we only need its OID. Hence,
replace IsCatalogClass with "IsCatalogRelationOid(oid)". But keep
IsCatalogRelation as a convenience function.
This allows fixing some arguably-wrong semantics in contrib/sepgsql and
ReindexRelationConcurrently, which were using an IsSystemNamespace test
where what they really should be using is IsCatalogRelationOid. The
previous coding failed to protect toast tables of system catalogs, and
also was not on board with the general principle that user-created tables
do not become catalogs just by virtue of being renamed into pg_catalog.
We can also get rid of a messy hack in ReindexMultipleTables.
While we're at it, also rename IsSystemNamespace to IsCatalogNamespace,
because the previous name invited confusion with the more expansive
semantics used by IsSystemRelation/Class.
Also improve the comments in catalog.c.
There are a few remaining places in replication-related code that are
special-casing OIDs below FirstNormalObjectId. I'm inclined to think
those are wrong too, and if there should be any special case it should
just extend to FirstBootstrapObjectId. But first we need to debate
whether a FOR ALL TABLES publication should include information_schema.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21697.1557092753@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15150.1557257111@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit dd299df818, which added suffix truncation to nbtree, simplified
the WAL record format used by page splits. It became necessary to
explicitly WAL-log the new high key for the left half of a split in all
cases, which relieved the REDO routine from having to reconstruct a new
high key for the left page by copying the first item from the right
page. Remove a comment that referred to the previous practice.
It is no longer possible under any circumstances for nbtree code to
reconstruct a strict lower bound key (parent page's pivot tuple key) for
a right sibling page by retrieving the first item in the right sibling
page.
This commit adds new parameter to VACUUM command, TRUNCATE,
which specifies that VACUUM should attempt to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table and allow the disk space
for the truncated pages to be returned to the operating system.
This parameter, if specified, overrides the vacuum_truncate
reloption. If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoD+qtrSDL=GSma4Wd3kLYLeRC0hPna-YAdkDeV4z156vg@mail.gmail.com
This feature was using a process local map to track the first few blocks
in the relation. The map was reset each time we get the block with enough
freespace. It was discussed that it would be better to track this map on
a per-relation basis in relcache and then invalidate the same whenever
vacuum frees up some space in the page or when FSM is created. The new
design would be better both in terms of API design and performance.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
06c8a5090e Improve code comments in b0eaa4c51b.
13e8643bfc During pg_upgrade, conditionally skip transfer of FSMs.
6f918159a9 Add more tests for FSM.
9c32e4c350 Clear the local map when not used.
29d108cdec Update the documentation for FSM behavior..
08ecdfe7e5 Make FSM test portable.
b0eaa4c51b Avoid creation of the free space map for small heap relations.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416180452.3pm6uegx54iitbt5@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 3f342839 corrected obsolete comments about buffer locks at the
main _bt_insert_parent() call site, but missed similar obsolete comments
above _bt_insert_parent() itself. Both sets of comments were rendered
obsolete by commit 40dae7ec53, which made the nbtree page split
algorithm more robust. Fix the comments that were missed the first time
around now.
In passing, refine a related _bt_insert_parent() comment about
re-finding the parent page to insert new downlink.
Commit d2599ecfcc introduced some contorted, confused code around:
readers would think that it's possible for HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin return
a non-frozen value for some frozen tuples, which would be disastrous.
There's no actual bug, but it seems better to make it clearer.
Per gripe from Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30116.1555430496@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit dd299df818, which made heap TID a tiebreaker nbtree index
column, introduced new rules on page space management to make suffix
truncation safe. In general, suffix truncation needs to have a small
amount of extra space available on the new left page when splitting a
leaf page. This is needed in case it turns out that truncation cannot
even "truncate away the heap TID column", resulting in a
larger-than-firstright leaf high key with an explicit heap TID
representation.
Despite all this, CREATE INDEX/nbtsort.c did not account for the
possible need for extra heap TID space on leaf pages when deciding
whether or not a new item could fit on current page. This could lead to
"failed to add item to the index page" errors when CREATE
INDEX/nbtsort.c tried to finish off a leaf page that lacked space for a
larger-than-firstright leaf high key (it only had space for firstright
tuple, which was just short of what was needed following "truncation").
Several conditions needed to be met all at once for CREATE INDEX to
fail. The problem was in the hard limit on what will fit on a page,
which tends to be masked by the soft fillfactor-wise limit. The easiest
way to recreate the problem seems to be a CREATE INDEX on a low
cardinality text column, with tuples that are of non-uniform width,
using a fillfactor of 100.
To fix, bring nbtsort.c in line with nbtsplitloc.c, which already
pessimistically assumes that all leaf page splits will have high keys
that have a heap TID appended.
Reported-By: Andreas Joseph Krogh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VisenaEmail.c5.3ee7fe277d514162.16a6d785bea@tc7-visena
The new nleft_dead_tuples and nleft_dead_itemids fields are confusing
and do not seem like the correct way forward. One of them is tested
via an assertion that can fail, as it has already done on buildfarm
member topminnow. Remove the assertion and the fields.
Change the logic for the case where a tuple is not initially pruned
by heap_page_prune but later diagnosed HEAPTUPLE_DEAD by
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum. Previously, tupgone = true was set in
that case, which leads to treating the tuple as one that will be
removed. In a normal vacuum, that's OK, because we'll remove
index entries for it and then the second heap pass will remove the
tuple itself, but when index cleanup is disabled, those things
don't happen, so we must instead treat it as a recently-dead
tuple that we have voluntarily chosen to keep.
Report and analysis by Tom Lane. This patch loosely based on one
from Masahiko Sawada, but I changed most of it.
Most of these stem from d25f519107 "tableam: relation creation, VACUUM
FULL/CLUSTER, SET TABLESPACE.".
1) To pass data to the relation_set_new_filenode()
RelationSetNewRelfilenode() was made to update RelationData.rd_rel
directly. That's not OK however, as it makes the relcache entries
temporarily inconsistent. Which among other scenarios is a problem
if a REINDEX targets an index on pg_class - the
CatalogTupleUpdate() in RelationSetNewRelfilenode(). Presumably
that was introduced because other places in the code do so - while
those aren't "good practice" they don't appear to be actively
buggy (e.g. because system tables may not be targeted).
I (Andres) should have caught this while reviewing and signficantly
evolving the code in that commit, mea culpa.
Fix that by instead passing in the new RelFileNode as separate
argument to relation_set_new_filenode() and rely on the relcache to
update the catalog entry. Also revert that the
RelationMapUpdateMap() call was changed to immediate, and undo some
other more unnecessary changes.
2) Document that the relation_set_new_filenode cannot rely on the
whole relcache entry to be valid. It might be worthwhile to
refactor the code to never have to rely on that, but given the way
heap_create() is currently coded, that'd be a large change.
3) ATExecSetTableSpace() shouldn't do FlushRelationBuffers() itself. A
table AM might not use shared buffers at all. Move to
index_copy_data() and heapam_relation_copy_data().
4) heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() previously sometimes accessed
rel->rd_rel->relpersistence rather than the `persistence`
argument. Code movement mistake.
5) Previously heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() re-opened the smgr
relation to create the init for, if necesary. Instead have
RelationCreateStorage() return the SMgrRelation and use it to
create the init fork.
6) Add a note about the danger of modifying the relcache directly to
ATExecSetTableSpace() - it's currently not a bug because there's a
check ERRORing for catalog tables.
Regression tests and assertion improvements that together trigger the
bug described in 1) will be added in a later commit, as there is a
related bug on all branches.
Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Diagnosed-By: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190418011430.GA19133@paquier.xyz
Remove a comment that refers to a coding practice that was fully removed
by commit a8b8f4db, which introduced MarkBufferDirty(). It looks like
the comment was even obsolete before then, since it concerns
write-ordering dependencies with synchronous buffer writes.
This allows table AMs that don't need these horizons. This was already
documented in the tableam relation_set_new_filenode callback, but an
assert prevented if from actually working (the test AM code contained
the change itself). Defang the asserts in the general code, and move
the stronger ones into heap AM.
Relatedly, after CLUSTER/VACUUM, we'd always assign a relfrozenxid /
relminmxid. Change the table_relation_copy_for_cluster() interface to
allow the AM to overwrite the horizons that get set on the pg_class
entry. This'd also in the future allow AMs like heap to compute a
relfrozenxid during rewrite that's the table's actual minimum rather
than a pre-determined value. Arguably it'd have been better to move
the whole computation / setting of those values into the callback, but
it seems likely that for other reasons it'd be better to be able to
use one value to vacuum/cluster multiple tables (e.g. a toast's
horizon shouldn't be different than the table's).
Reported-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a7fb9cc-2419-5db7-8840-ddc10c93f122@iki.fi
Commit dd299df8 made nbtree treat heap TID as a tiebreaker column,
establishing the principle that there is only one correct location (page
and page offset number) for every index tuple, no matter what.
Insertions of tuples into non-unique indexes proceed as if heap TID
(scan key's scantid) is just another user-attribute value, but
insertions into unique indexes are more delicate. The TID value in
scantid must initially be omitted to ensure that the unique index
insertion visits every leaf page that duplicates could be on. The
scantid is set once again after unique checking finishes successfully,
which can force _bt_findinsertloc() to step right one or more times, to
locate the leaf page that the new tuple must be inserted on.
Stepping right within _bt_findinsertloc() was assumed to occur no more
frequently than stepping right within _bt_check_unique(), but there was
one important case where that assumption was incorrect: inserting a
"duplicate" with NULL values. Since _bt_check_unique() didn't do any
real work in this case, it wasn't appropriate for _bt_findinsertloc() to
behave as if it was finishing off a conventional unique insertion, where
any existing physical duplicate must be dead or recently dead.
_bt_findinsertloc() might have to grovel through a substantial portion
of all of the leaf pages in the index to insert a single tuple, even
when there were no dead tuples.
To fix, treat insertions of tuples with NULLs into a unique index as if
they were insertions into a non-unique index: never unset scantid before
calling _bt_search() to descend the tree, and bypass _bt_check_unique()
entirely. _bt_check_unique() is no longer responsible for incoming
tuples with NULL values.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm08nr+JPx4jMOa9CGqxWYDQ-_D4wtPBiKghXAUiUy-nQ@mail.gmail.com
Due to parallel development, gist added the missing conflict
information in c952eae52a, while 558a9165e0 moved that computation
to the primary for the index types that already had it. Thus adapt
gist to also compute on the primary, using
index_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() instead of its own copy of the
logic.
This also adds pg_waldump support for XLOG_GIST_DELETE records, which
previously was not properly present.
Bumps WAL version.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190406050243.bszosdg4buvabfrt@alap3.anarazel.de
Transient files and wait events get normally cleaned up when seeing an
exception (be it in the context of a transaction for a backend or
another process like the checkpointer), hence there is little point in
complicating error code paths to do this work. This shaves a bit of
code, and removes some extra handling with errno which needed to be
preserved during the cleanup steps done.
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDhHYVq5KkXfkaHhmjA-zJYj-e4teiRAJefvXuKJz1tKQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit ad308058 switched to returning a FullTransactionId, but
failed to load the potentially updated value in the case where
xidVacLimit is reached and we release and reacquire the lock.
Repair, closing bug #15727.
While reviewing that commit, also fix the size computation used
by EstimateTransactionStateSize() and switch to the mul_size()
macro traditionally used in such expressions.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Roman Zharkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15727-0be246e7d852d229%40postgresql.org
transaction.
The transaction that is initiated by the parallel worker to cooperate
with the actual transaction started by the main backend to complete the
query execution should not be counted as a separate transaction. The
other internal transactions started and committed by the parallel worker
are still counted as separate transactions as we that is what we do in
other places like autovacuum.
This will partially fix the bloat in transaction stats due to additional
transactions performed by parallel workers. For a complete fix, we need to
decide how we want to show all the transactions that are started internally
for various operations and that is a matter of separate patch.
Reported-by: Haribabu Kommi
Author: Haribabu Kommi
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Jamison Kirk and Rahila Syed
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGc9=jKXuScvNyQ+VNhO0FZk7LLAShAJRyZjnedd2D61EQ@mail.gmail.com
vacuum_truncate controls whether vacuum tries to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table. Previously vacuum always
tried to do the truncation. However, the truncation could cause
some problems; for example, ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock needs to
be taken on the table during the truncation and can cause
the query cancellation on the standby even if hot_standby_feedback
is true. Setting this reloption to false can be helpful to avoid
such problems.
Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Kirk Jamison and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwE5UqFqSq1=kV3QtTUtXphTdyHA-8rAj4A=Y+e4kyp3BQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit fixes three, unfortunately related, issues:
1) Since 5db6df0c01, the introduction of DML via tableam, it was
possible to trigger "ERROR: unexpected table_lock_tuple status: 1"
when updating a row that was previously updated in the same
transaction - but only when the previously updated row was before
updated in a concurrent transaction (and READ COMMITTED was
used). The reason for that was that that case simply wasn't
expected. Fixing that lead to:
2) Even before the above commit, there were error checks (introduced
in 6868ed7491) preventing a row being updated by different
commands within the same statement (say in a function called by an
UPDATE) - but that check wasn't performed when the row was first
updated in a concurrent transaction - instead the second update was
silently skipped in that case. After this change we throw the same
error as we'd without the concurrent transaction.
3) The error messages (introduced in 6868ed7491) preventing such
updates emitted the same error message for both DELETE and
UPDATE ("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation
triggered by the current command"). While that could be changed
separately, it made it hard to write tests that verify the correct
correct behavior of the code.
This commit changes heap's implementation of table_lock_tuple() to
return TM_SelfModified instead of TM_Invisible (previously loosely
modeled after EvalPlanQualFetch), and teaches nodeModifyTable.c to
handle that in response to table_lock_tuple() and not just in response
to table_(delete|update).
Additionally it fixes the wrong error message (see 3 above). The
comment for table_lock_tuple() is also adjusted to state that
TM_Deleted won't return information in TM_FailureData - it'll not
always be available.
This also adds tests to ensure that DELETE/UPDATE correctly error out
when affecting a row that concurrently was modified by another
transaction.
Author: Andres Freund
Reported-By: Tom Lane, when investigating a bug bug fix to another bug
by Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19321.1554567786@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously it was allowed to set default_table_access_method to an
empty string. That makes sense for default_tablespace, where that was
copied from, as it signals falling back to the database's default
tablespace. As there is no equivalent for table AMs, forbid that.
Also make sure to throw a usable error when creating a table using an
index AM, by using get_am_type_oid() to implement get_table_am_oid()
instead of a separate copy. Previously we'd error out only later, in
GetTableAmRoutine().
Thirdly remove GetTableAmRoutineByAmId() - it was only used in an
earlier version of 8586bf7ed8.
Add tests for the above (some for index AMs as well).
This adds table_multi_insert(), and converts COPY FROM, the only user
of heap_multi_insert, to it.
A simple conversion of COPY FROM use slots would have yielded a
slowdown when inserting into a partitioned table for some
workloads. Different partitions might need different slots (both slot
types and their descriptors), and dropping / creating slots when
there's constant partition changes is measurable.
Thus instead revamp the COPY FROM buffering for partitioned tables to
allow to buffer inserts into multiple tables, flushing only when
limits are reached across all partition buffers. By only dropping
slots when there've been inserts into too many different partitions,
the aforementioned overhead is gone. By allowing larger batches, even
when there are frequent partition changes, we actuall speed such cases
up significantly.
By using slots COPY of very narrow rows into unlogged / temporary
might slow down very slightly (due to the indirect function calls).
Author: David Rowley, Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190327054923.t3epfuewxfqdt22e@alap3.anarazel.de
The assertions added by commit b04aeb0a0 exposed that there are some
code paths wherein the executor will try to open an index without
holding any lock on it. We do have some lock on the index's table,
so it seems likely that there's no fatal problem with this (for
instance, the index couldn't get dropped from under us). Still,
it's bad practice and we should fix it.
To do so, remove the optimizations in ExecInitIndexScan and friends
that tried to avoid taking a lock on an index belonging to a target
relation, and just take the lock always. In non-bug cases, this
will result in no additional shared-memory access, since we'll find
in the local lock table that we already have a lock of the desired
type; hence, no significant performance degradation should occur.
Also, adjust the planner and executor so that the type of lock taken
on an index is always identical to the type of lock taken for its table,
by relying on the recently added RangeTblEntry.rellockmode field.
This avoids some corner cases where that might not have been true
before (possibly resulting in extra locking overhead), and prevents
future maintenance issues from having multiple bits of logic that
all needed to be in sync. In addition, this change removes all core
calls to ExecRelationIsTargetRelation, which avoids a possible O(N^2)
startup penalty for queries with large numbers of target relations.
(We'd probably remove that function altogether, were it not that we
advertise it as something that FDWs might want to use.)
Also adjust some places in selfuncs.c to not take any lock on indexes
they are transiently opening, since we can assume that plancat.c
did that already.
In passing, change gin_clean_pending_list() to take RowExclusiveLock
not AccessShareLock on its target index. Although it's not clear that
that's actually a bug, it seemed very strange for a function that's
explicitly going to modify the index to use only AccessShareLock.
David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Amit Langote,
a bit of further tweaking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19465.1541636036@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit adds a new reloption, vacuum_index_cleanup, which
controls whether index cleanup is performed for a particular
relation by default. It also adds a new option to the VACUUM
command, INDEX_CLEANUP, which can be used to override the
reloption. If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.
Masahiko Sawada, reviewed and tested by Nathan Bossart, Alvaro
Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Darafei Praliaskouski, and me.
The wording of the documentation is mostly due to me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAt5R3DNUZSjOoXDUY=naYPUOuffVsRzuTYMz29yLzQCA@mail.gmail.com
_bt_check_unique() failed to invalidate binary search bounds in the
event of a live conflict following commit e5adcb78. This resulted in
problems after waiting for the conflicting xact to commit or abort. The
subsequent call to _bt_check_unique() would restore the initial binary
search bounds, rather than starting a new search. Fix by explicitly
invalidating bounds when it becomes clear that there is a live conflict
that insertion will have to wait to resolve.
Ashutosh Sharma, with a few additional tweaks by me.
Author: Ashutosh Sharma
Reported-By: Ashutosh Sharma
Diagnosed-By: Ashutosh Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0PnQp-qr-UYKMSCzdC2FBzdE4wKP41hZrZvvP26dKLonLg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, md.c and checkpointer.c were tightly integrated so that
fsync calls could be handed off and processed in the background.
Introduce a system of callbacks and file tags, so that other modules
can hand off fsync work in the same way.
For now only md.c uses the new interface, but other users are being
proposed. Since there may be use cases that are not strictly SMGR
implementations, use a new function table for sync handlers rather
than extending the traditional SMGR one.
Instead of using a bitmapset of segment numbers for each RelFileNode
in the checkpointer's hash table, make the segment number part of the
key. This requires sending explicit "forget" requests for every
segment individually when relations are dropped, but suits the file
layout schemes of proposed future users better (ie sparse or high
segment numbers).
Author: Shawn Debnath and Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2gTANm=e3ARnJT=n0h8hf88wqmaZxk0JYkxw+b21fNrw@mail.gmail.com
This is useful to obtain a view of the different transaction types in an
application, regardless of the durations of the statements each runs.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Hayato Kuroda, Andres Freund
Instead of WAL-logging every modification during the build separately,
first build the index without any WAL-logging, and make a separate pass
through the index at the end, to write all pages to the WAL. This
significantly reduces the amount of WAL generated, and is usually also
faster, despite the extra I/O needed for the extra scan through the index.
WAL generated this way is also faster to replay.
For GiST, the LSN-NSN interlock makes this a little tricky. All pages must
be marked with a valid (i.e. non-zero) LSN, so that the parent-child
LSN-NSN interlock works correctly. We now use magic value 1 for that during
index build. Change the fake LSN counter to begin from 1000, so that 1 is
safely smaller than any real or fake LSN. 2 would've been enough for our
purposes, but let's reserve a bigger range, in case we need more special
values in the future.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Andrey V. Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Dmitry Dolgov
Valgrind was rightly complaining that IndexVacuumInfo->report_progress
(added by commit ab0dfc961b) was not being initialized in some code
paths. Repair.
Per buildfarm member lousyjack.
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for CREATE INDEX and CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY.
There are two pieces to this: one is index-AM-agnostic, and the other is
AM-specific. The latter is fairly elaborate for btrees, including
reportage for parallel index builds and the separate phases that btree
index creation uses; other index AMs, which are much simpler in their
building procedures, have simplistic reporting only, but that seems
sufficient, at least for non-concurrent builds.
The index-AM-agnostic part is fairly complete, providing insight into
the CONCURRENTLY wait phases as well as block-based progress during the
index validation table scan. (The index validation index scan requires
patching each AM, which has not been included here.)
Reviewers: Rahila Syed, Pavan Deolasee, Tatsuro Yamada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181220220022.mg63bhk26zdpvmcj@alvherre.pgsql
When asked for a slice of a TOAST entry, decompress enough to return the
slice instead of decompressing the entire object.
For use cases where the slice is at, or near, the beginning of the entry,
this avoids a lot of unnecessary decompression work.
This changes the signature of pglz_decompress() by adding a boolean to
indicate if it's ok for the call to finish before consuming all of the
source or destination buffers.
Author: Paul Ramsey
Reviewed-By: Rafia Sabih, Darafei Praliaskouski, Regina Obe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACowWR07EDm7Y4m2kbhN_jnys%3DBBf9A6768RyQdKm_%3DNpkcaWg%40mail.gmail.com
On at least ZFS, it can be beneficial to create new WAL files every
time and not to bother zero-filling them. Since it's not clear which
other filesystems might benefit from one or both of those things,
add individual GUCs to control those two behaviors independently and
make only very general statements in the docs.
Author: Jerry Jelinek, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Robert Haas and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPQ5Fo00QR7LNAcd1ZjgoBi4y97%2BK760YABs0vQHH5dLdkkMA%40mail.gmail.com
This replaces the previous calls of heap_sync() in places using
bulk-insert. By passing in the flags used for bulk-insert the AM can
decide (first at insert time and then during the finish call) which of
the optimizations apply to it, and what operations are necessary to
finish a bulk insert operation.
Also change HEAP_INSERT_* flags to TABLE_INSERT, and rename hi_options
to ti_options.
These changes are made even in copy.c, which hasn't yet been converted
to tableam. There's no harm in doing so.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This unifies the various ad hoc logging (message printing, error
printing) systems used throughout the command-line programs.
Features:
- Program name is automatically prefixed.
- Message string does not end with newline. This removes a common
source of inconsistencies and omissions.
- Additionally, a final newline is automatically stripped, simplifying
use of PQerrorMessage() etc., another common source of mistakes.
- I converted error message strings to use %m where possible.
- As a result of the above several points, more translatable message
strings can be shared between different components and between
frontends and backend, without gratuitous punctuation or whitespace
differences.
- There is support for setting a "log level". This is not meant to be
user-facing, but can be used internally to implement debug or
verbose modes.
- Lazy argument evaluation, so no significant overhead if logging at
some level is disabled.
- Some color in the messages, similar to gcc and clang. Set
PG_COLOR=auto to try it out. Some colors are predefined, but can be
customized by setting PG_COLORS.
- Common files (common/, fe_utils/, etc.) can handle logging much more
simply by just using one API without worrying too much about the
context of the calling program, requiring callbacks, or having to
pass "progname" around everywhere.
- Some programs called setvbuf() to make sure that stderr is
unbuffered, even on Windows. But not all programs did that. This
is now done centrally.
Soft goals:
- Reduces vertical space use and visual complexity of error reporting
in the source code.
- Encourages more deliberate classification of messages. For example,
in some cases it wasn't clear without analyzing the surrounding code
whether a message was meant as an error or just an info.
- Concepts and terms are vaguely aligned with popular logging
frameworks such as log4j and Python logging.
This is all just about printing stuff out. Nothing affects program
flow (e.g., fatal exits). The uses are just too varied to do that.
Some existing code had wrappers that do some kind of print-and-exit,
and I adapted those.
I tried to keep the output mostly the same, but there is a lot of
historical baggage to unwind and special cases to consider, and I
might not always have succeeded. One significant change is that
pg_rewind used to write all error messages to stdout. That is now
changed to stderr.
Reviewed-by: Donald Dong <xdong@csumb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6a609b43-4f57-7348-6480-bd022f924310@2ndquadrant.com
